Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Jataka Parijata Vol 2
Jataka Parijata Vol 2
JATAITA PARIJATA
( qrrq rTrRGTrf,
)
Witlt Att
L.tr
gl islr'[ rnttsln
tiortnttd Copious
Erptlnrntorqrrotesnrtd Ernnrpl es
BY
V. SultrantanyaSastri,Il.A.
A s s t t . S c c r c t a r ' \t,( ) t l r c ( j o v t . o f M y s o r c ( l l c t d . )
r r r t t l ' ln r n : l a t o r o l ' S r i p u t i l ' l t l d l r t i . I l r i l r l t . l a t a k a .
I I o r a s a r a ,U t t a r k a i r m r i t a c t c .
Vol. II
@
RANJAN PUBLICATIONS
16,AnsariRoad,DaryaGanj,NewDelhi-11
0002(lNDlA)
CONTENTS
Page
fqqqTlfi"q'
qEnq: EG6 a'qJ6t:
q wir.sllqTarq: 1t e. toR
b <tq+fmqm: l\e1 tcl
q {oan$q15qtll' vt\ Itc
a. qret.qrfrsqrf{ tcl tRc
to qrao-qrtsqrq: qYQ \91
qffrl
*ftrri'rqrilcnqiiqaT
*i\iur qrqqrRE+r{rn
t
ffiq ioqn '* q iiqqqrqT-
h qTETt
Enrrwmurtgr il t rl
Sloka I. There are certain planecaryconjunctions
which mar those leading to royal fortunes. There are
others namedt+r (Reka) which produce poverty. Some
again which are called ftt (Preshya)i.c. thcse lerding to
dependence and servitude. And lastly, rhe:e are thlose
called*rqq (Kemadruma). These four classesof yogas
aboundin fortuncs marred just as they were going to
rise.
+-r& il fiCIilRqfirdntdrqdtreD
qqTi,^fiFahmqq.ilqgei f,rgn)Ertti(ilsI
-.
urrqru0s*istqriirfi qdtt tv\ firgr: art
qrd-e*: ds-iqsdgtrrt{r;rrlJs.rffi|arq ilBrr
Slok,t 4. When Saturn occupies either
a Kendra
position or the rising sigo and is unaspected
by benefic
planets,a person born in the +ru*r (Kalahora)
lartlc
*rcftc,{fr: (SripatiPaddhati),Adhyaya B,
Sloka t4, Nores]
of Mars becomes a slave and a beggar. When
tlie
Moon in conjunction with Mars occupies\zlesha
and is
aspectednot by benefic planecs but by the Sun,
the
personborn is a mendicanr. If Saturn, thc Moon
and
the sun be in Kendra positions,rhe persor)born will
be
dull in appearance,indigent and feecling upon the
leavings of other people.
c/. sqirirtmq0r
qqrt*'i er* iqG qi fto* r
f,cstodirftqn't
gitrt(iujrcarjr.reiq
qrflFdf\nrmiqrfia: ;1
*o4fF,ruq;r"fcqtfr{T+t qTq1'.;qraq}ilftrll
qi *qlrt rQrl*Uatq;|snat qmqfi
wrdrfirgr qq fffiiilo* qq) fri't rril! |
q$qrmdtC ftrqUtt qrqqiqontr
qriT;rTrrrrir:
qilqffiuq fiarflalii rr\ trrrr
Sloku 5. Whcn Saturn is in a l(endra position,
the Moon in the rising sign and Jupiter in the 12th
bhava,the personborn will be none otherthan a beggar
forlor' and in exile. when the lord of the qth bhava
occupiesthe 12th and a maleficplanet is in a Kendra
position,the personbor. will be addictedto evil, eating
Ijl. c7 qIsstmTi 823
ff* q-qReefr
qrGiriltqqotfr+
isq:q1"gqdqlqflfa.+ itqq nf,tfia:rr
r11rQ}s-srh
T*{fiil qTt-,itts?irr
gfiqt qiff wriqdt-fr qreis;q-qrqrrql
I
324 lrnm'Crftqr; Adh.vr.
{t{tq{qdurrrsffi
rstd{qrrt-
i{aqfuwegxGa:,irqtqil \ttrq, n s tl
Sl.oha7. When the lord of the 9th bhava is in
the 12th and malefic planetsoccupy the 3rd bhava,and
the lorcl of the 12th bhava occupiesthe 2nd, the person
bcrn will eat unwholesome food, wear a trusg or other
band and be an adukerer. When all che planets, being
in bhavasother than thc 10th, occupy their depression
cr inimical signs or portions of them, tlre personborn
wrll be lackingin lcarning,intellie:nce,wife and child,
ren, will be ill-tempcredand go about begging.
r/. qii*ti'{drqfiI
qir+?jifi:qqhai.ti finirrt xrqrftaw\, 1
hai.sfhl t qtr1*ql raigmls-qffiarrrqlll
qiqtdfqqqeqi)r:
*;ql-qiftg{ qq qrd:l!
orqrflit Rrqtrg fiqfi * sq.i ct
qrdrstiqewr SqrJrrfiEft* qiq r
thrwqqfr a inrragfrfl{ilHfffistt'
TIht qR asqrtd{q}qrd: Sosisul ll < rr
S/o&a 8. \l/hen the lord of the rising sign occu.
piesthe 12th bhavaand Mars in conjunction with tire
Moon is in a m.rleficsign identical with the l0th bhava.
the personbcrn wili have to go to a foreign land wherc
he may haveto live in i'digence sacrificingcomfortsa.d
affiuenco, If whcn the lord of the 9th bhava is in the
l2th, the lords of the rising sign and of that occupied
hv the Moon are not in conjunction with beireficpla-
nets or are eclipsadby the Sun, the per$onborn losing
his wife and children will bring his family to extioction.
sl, g. qgrsr|r{s tz6
NoTES
c/. e-sj,it?idrfor
drrqrdsqgfst-xrqiFrir qlqnlf,r
et q-fi{i{+ sfr $6widii*qnfiqql r
*rt q}rruTri'nga* vE gofrsg\
qft t.qqh q ffilFrilstkil!
$'oqfrql il \ ll
Sloha 9. When bcneficand maleficplanetsoccupy
Kendra positio.s, and the Moon aspectedby the lord
of
the rising sign is in a Navamsabelongingto saturn,tlre
personborn brings his race to an end becoming
bereft
of wife and children, When Mercury and Venus
occnpy the 7th bhava,Jupiter the 5th, a malefic planet
rbr: 4th and anothermaleficplanet the gth, all the bia.ra,
i' this case being calculated from the Moon's prace,
rundersuch a yoga are born those with whom theii race
dies.
c/. .rsirfi?drql]r
{rrg\: }o4lt: {ril$} o*Eqonft
fiflftn}e r
nlttn+{r qGrignhqa:$e,is*t RaX:tr
826 .ref'tlfuRl Adh. vI.
qil{ili {itrP{fuilet &taq.} qorflii q r
tl+ frohqRt*qt*ff{rrr}frf*rfrqr+.r!
nl ou
Slrr[a ].0. Wh:n the Moon is ar rhe close o[ a
moveablesign, or in the beginning of a fixed one, or in
the middle of a dual Rasi and is without srrength, and
when the rising sign is unoccupiedby planets,Rajayola
come$to an end.
4 s1ffir
qrqrtqrfig{rqtiqErqt0T:I
ts{:erErrrRqrt
qt?rfqr aritqtq qgca {ft: ;1
owdinEqrnrqsrrrqulamtiqtlqill t
qnrrrtfrRilrs
<$fhxqtrlq{iquftilscrilgqlu ?q ll
SioAa 11, If, at a birth, the planer owning rhe
rising Navamsabe the Sun,the Moon or Jupiter;and if
it rhouldoccupyin its depression signa Navamsaowned
by its enemy and the lord of its depressionsign, the
personborn will be the follcwer or servantof another.
dbft qqiqrt ilqt ilat-"\
;Hqqq-r{TriqTqht$uHsI
Xlq{fNq;qt *'ilrr wqot
ilqfr RMul(* trq$qqru tR tl
Sloku 12. When the Moon is in the lOth bhava,
Jupiter in the ?th and a malefic .plauet in the 9rh, the
perEonborn becomesthe ruiner of his family. If Venug,
Mercury and the Moon occupy Kendra positions and
Rahu be in the rising sign, the person born will live
like a base,bcrnwretch, lost to all s:nse of duty enjoin,
ed in the sacredscriptures,
gl. 13,15 qlrscrr4: 321
Nores.
(Fitsl half). Vrilc aks AdhyayaXIII, sloka
zo, inltd.
( t. attet nh n. aJ.sql,ii?arqFr
Hqflqcr:*'+wrgg+r *oAftqar ,ilfifi *Gq* r
qoercq}lr:r q4qqriiqm)fiqrqrrgmiQlq: rt
Aiso qrfr{A{
afrrgqgmr'*=i dgmrirgngto* r
-rosrcq,ilqqfu1arn) qr( fl
fiq{rrfr{rfRd:
fr U,irqq{{itt iNT
g:qfi qrggiirriq I
srqiWqfta*i(rTr*qm {Eh{gfu fiuq n qI tl
Sl. Aa 13. When Venus in its depressionsign
or
in a Navamsa owned by Saturn occupiesa g:t,.fi;r(Dur,
stthana (such as the 6th, the gth or the tzthLhavaj
and
is aspectedby Saturn; and when the Moon
in .o";r".
ction with the Sun occupiesthe Tth bhava,
th" p.rron
born will be in perpetualservitudewirh
hi, morher.
rti gfr {Rnqrq+qr*qlUil qrqgif{rgwrr
H qqrtgqE&{t+ GDrgt rilFrqrft6irrtr qBtl
Slaka 14. When Jupiter in its depression
or the
Sun in the sameposition occupiesa *-tr (Kendra)
in con.
junction with a malefic planet
the pcrsonborn will
commit infanticide. When a maleficphner
is in *+
(Kendra)and has no beneficaspsct, "
andJupite, o..,r'i.,
the Sth bhava,the person born will be th:
,tnugtrr.r"i-it
animals of the cow and deerkinds _j.e.
will be.on. th.
purveyor of beef and venison.
wrg+tr firfrqqrtrqiqifldr{rqsqFrfiq r
atqi'urr]
fr.qqn Rifi] qrqtgrQeitqgqlna;mIIt \r r
328 ililrqftd Adh.vI.
qi qrfirtat"{sqrrfuigr
qfl-t arf,qfr.
qntrqts{fiaqir
ilErdisrrrcg
frqsfttr*n n tE tl
Slollrr 16. If the lord of the rising sign occupy the
5th or the 2nd bhavafrom the Moon and maleficplanets
be in the 8th and the Sun in the 10th, rhe p:rson born
will live by a professionvery far fron enviable.
benefic planets occupying the l2th, the 8th and the 6th
bhavas,they destroy the Rajayogaof th: horoscopeno
less than those planets which occupy maleiic 60th
portions in their depressionand inimical signs.
Nores.
It is not possible to give an example for the yoga described.in
the text, uiz , malefrcsin Kendras being at the same time aspected
b y b e n e f i c si n D u s s t t h a n a s( 6 t h , 8 t h o r l Z t l r ) . I f t h e f i r s t h a l f o f
the sloka be interpreted :rs " if all male6c planets be placed in
Kendra, depressionor ini'rical positions and be at the same time
aspectedby benefics occupyiugthe 6th, 8th or l2th bhavas,', the
following horoscopenray be suggestedas arr example: _-
Mercury
Venus
---
:
lLagna
Moon
Sun
Merc, II
Venus
I
330 qrilEcrftfla Adh. VI.
,
s i o n o r i n i m i c a l s i g ' s a n d ( 2 ) t h a t a l l b e n e f r c s h o u l db e p o s i t e di n
D u s s t t h a r i a (s6 t h , 8 t h o r l 2 t h ) h o l d g o o d ,i t i s s t a t e dt h e r e t h a t t h e
malefics slrould rt::.[.c as:ocitLled uith ss aslcc!ei l,y the benefics.
c/. t{Edr
Norrs.
T h e s e : r n Ch r l f o f t h i ; s l c k r i s q r i t e d i l ' { : r e a ti n q i i q r ? t l r q f t , u i z '
qfi;qgh qrhnt ,frqgtfhga: 11
firdrarlfd
ttt*drrrr tl
ulir qorRhqR{qa{Rrft\tiqt
rrtqt
qfrFsqn\gr;<tgftiqrcqqirri
r ioqigssqdi
ffgTFTqhgaimqfr
ftrtiq fitriki tr qqrftnrrgimqr il Rqtl
S t o k a2 1 . l f a t a b i r t h t h e l o r d o f t h e r i s i n g s i g n
has no strengtli and is aspectedby the lord of the 8th
bhavaand if Jupiter is obscured by the Sun, there wil I
be the planetarycortiunctioncallecli*r IReka)(emptying
or purging). If the lrrd of the Navamsa occupiedby
the lord of the 4th bhava be obscuredby the Sun rvhii':
being aspectedb-vtha lord of th: L]th bhava there will
againbe the yosa termedi+r (Reka)'
\ \ \ - a -
gqqdt t;{{gi6 (Itll
AA ^A
qBErrfr{i;rtrrr{?T
\ \-
qt;T{rgeq fqoqil{Ediqs( tsIIrT I
\\ \ A n --\
fuirrurt
q<qefimqrnr!qrdflt{ |
qr* g qhq{qfr Tq{tRtrA
iffiqr ftgr*orcdve$ru R\ fl
Sloha 71. A single malefic planet,a pair of male,
fic planetsor a triad of them occupying any one of the
nine bhavas(menrioned in the latter half of the preced,
ing sloka) and aspectedby depressed,inimical, malefic
planets,will produce the effect of the Rekayogarespec,
tively in the early,the middle or the concludingportion
of the lives of the person concerned.
rttu-nsqtt
ftft* frqi.rcftqqGil
Hsqr {Rr{s
*{t gribilqrrfrdqwr frqr{tnr rgsI
f\qffi qfr* fi{Gnrm}qrce{rMm}
tqqrqq{rds{ftG* fiRq*fti}Cdf n REn
Sloha 25. A persc''nborn under the Reka yoga has
neither kncwledgenor wealth ; he is penurious,bostile,
iustful and wrathful; his mind is alwaysdistreseed; he
is disagreeable,
having no beautyor grace; he is crafty;
he lives on alms; he is filthy and quarrelsome;he is
full of envy and rage: he reviles godsand Brahmanas
and he is rated daily by his (wife and sons) whole
family.
(srcqr
$rat sqrdlirfrfrqhqqJqrFqfr
r{dlqqsn$qq6a'ilgtltQgt It
qrilfqriT{rre Adh. VI
g v ! ! v v l v v v ' v v v r w s
g r v v v v !
v v v v v v v v v e v v v v v v v
v l a v v Y v v v !
qiqtl {Td+r!qrqrufrirqqq
qr)rs'u\
'
idgql qlqts ll le ll
qgHeR*rrlTrq{iwJ
Slofra. cJ|. A peroonborn under the Rekr yoga
will be evil'minded; he will have ugly or disersed
be ill off ;
nails; he witl be givento badwayl ; he wilt
relatives;
he will be intent on injuringand ab'rsinghis
he mayb:
ir" -tt be short'lived;hemry begall round;
in mind ; he
-*.; he may be blind, daafor insane
"irv f.'f"ttful or wrathful; he mry b: a cripple; his
in his eyes'
thoughtsmay be betrayedby the clr'tnse
n qRa{rnr:ll
qrrtEtr(frqotiftriEi qt
${ii*lqiHfirtrEudR eil( t
*.naffiafiq sfltY(fr
olrrFrir qit i{iffid qRKrll 1d ll
the lord- the
SJofta28. When Jupiter' being 9f.
lord of the 9th bhava
8,thor the lst bhrva' exceedsthe
lord oi the 11th occupying a
i"-t*"g,tt, and when the
is s:orchedby thz Sun's
rtriri"t .ther than a Kendra
per$on born will b:
l';;;';;; lt *"^r, in strengch, thr:
iniig.nt.
olfl fr qq;q gdrl{fiqt{Rq*gqt
Cixqn{til Tril rRuqlelnEl t\gul t
qr{qtrrrilrtiqitmq I frtifrftrQe'r
6rr({:rrftrqqi c5fr qtqirrrl} f\g*l tlR'qll
or Mercury'
Sloha29 If Jupiter, Marg' Saturn
beingdepressed and otscured by the Sun's rays, occupy
or the 5th bhava at
,i" irrft, the 6th, tne 12th,th: 8th
qfr'w1q: g$5
sl' 3&'31
in the
a prson'sbirth, he wiil be a beggar' lf Saturn
9th bhavabe aspected by maleficplanetsand if Mercury
bhavaa
in conjunctionu'ith the Sun occupy in the lst
Navamsaowned by its depression sign, therervill be a
beggarborn.
Srqagxrfia;Ea{Qgrl
r;mRRrqgffi{qil qiE qr( |
oir{(IEitqol 6qr{lllqaFil
Eftrr11{o ll
*qRqa\qiiqrrfqart
Staka 30. If Jupiter,Mercury, Venus' Saturnand
ith
Mars occupythe Eih,the 6th, the l2th, the fFe
"f. bha'
and if the lord of the LZth
lCth bhavasin any order
by the
va thoughdepressedin position and obscured
Sun'oraye be nevertheless superior to the lord of the
be a beggar'
rioing sign in strength,the personborn will
Nores
atqRwm trqft
'i*,i qqi soa(+{ qnil'Eitir q\( t
qta'qi
of {qq{httqrgt gi
ll
ort eilql a{rqqql dtqrt ltgtr ll 1l
lRrrqft{rt Adh. vI.
'"-'"1
|
_l I**"
|
Juniterl
(t l
I
Moon
ut + q(fit{GsRta
et q dqgwr qR ltUtr qq t
wtr ftnsrrgtfitao{ilt
dti ftWqqqtq rriqgftr!ll lR rl
Sloha 32,. When the lagnais a moveablesign and
the ricing Navamsa is also owned by a moveable
Resi rnd it ie aspectedby Saturn as well ag by
depressedJupiter, the person born will be a beggar.
The camewill be the cacewhenJupiter occupies the 6th
or the 12th bhavain a cign other than his own.
sl. g3-36 qdsc{rq: 337
a{rqfrI
* ftont fritr frrqbenffirq+Ffiiqrrar
trorIl iFqqRftqilr{qfi'qruaftogtrR ilil lll8ll
Sloku 34. If a moveaolesign be the Lagnaat night
time and if benefic planetsbo in K.endraand Trikona
placespossessingnc strength,the maleficones occupying
positions other than Kendra,the personborn will always
live by begging.
qTqritq(arrdrruflq{qi frrqr qiqe{FrnrrlFqr{tI
dt qtqr{ni sftr* dtbrirt q;ffit at* n 1\ tl
Sloha 35. If the maleficplanetsbe in their depres
sion sign$ at a pierson'sbirth, he will do sin.fulacts ; if
the benefic planeusoccupy their depression signs, he
will keep his sins concealed; if Jupiter being depressed
occupy the 10th bhrva or Mars be in the 5th bhava
depressedin position, the effect will be the same.
dqirqtstrIilqqrct
flt qoqrgqls I
srfiraT
frr-q qS aq\qqqrtq$$r rr lq il
Sloka 36. Planets produce depression cffects if
they occupy in their exaltation signsthe Navamsabeloog,
l?
3::""_"_""."
" ..*:,.",*""""",""^*-y:'
ing to their depressionsigne; they produceexaltation
dfects if in their depreesionsigns they occupy the
Navamsaof their exaltationsigns.
NorBs'
c/. ssl{ftdrqrq
*qrQrar w;lTft } ct;{rr fftrrm {FI{FFIrrqt: I
srRmr tqlc aiqrrlrlr qEr ETg;iFd aSa rrFcq ll
qrmsl{'
The following are some moreift{ yogas mentioned by
ll ffi11
fr{h* R{ffi:qmftqqrftdmfrftFd
frqr$ ffirfr ftqrdr{frrrtd ilnr{rI
ffihffidilq.srsi
ffi qnqtqrrffi{E* ft*rqtd Ersll ls lt
Sloka 37. The characteristicsof a person alflicted
with qitdirr (Daridrayoga) are such as these:-He is
340 qrifs|T|frgrt Adb. VI.
ERfrqltuoailqrqr( SB?
qt{i ttaq( Effif I
rrqrosiqsrqtt,a?Tf Sqdtq GrTitr
S-{Rgrfit il lc tl
Sloka 38. A person born in a qfiefrrr (Daridra
yoga) is fond of quarrelling; he may be a leper; he
destroys what is beneficial to others ; he is unlraceful
and given to boasting; he has no reverencefor Brahma,
nas; he has a had wife and a{flicted with diseaserlugly
nails.
It ffiq1;11
qh rfr q.rrEiftrtir tri rFfrmwr rrr$r
ot q\ iqgtrqqt qreifi{rqi qrsr{E(an( ft lq tl
S/<;ft,r39. When the Sun is in the 10thbhava,the
Moon in the ?th, Saturnin the 4th, Mars in the 3rd,
the Lagnain a moveablerign and Jupiter in the 2nd
bhava,the person born in this yoga at night will be the
servantof another.
*Iil T,ftsnffii {.G qTqrqfr
Rqfroqt Ert
r;'riki qsri+E st"qiCIiikt iuq{il rrEfun Botl
Sl.;ftrr40. When Venus occupiesthe 9th bhava,
the Moor, the 7th, and when Jupiter is the lord of the
sl. 41,43 qdrstqrq: 34t
frftrwfuqri
hqq+qqqfr
k;niR qft ttogqt c enelr
u-{;gwl+ggwr
ftlE*'nmit
irErailil n Bq tl
uiiq?qarrfudioruf
Slokrt 41. If at the birth of a personat night, the
l o r d o f t h e m r v e a b l er i s i n g s i g n b e i n a s a n d h i a n d a
maleficplanet eccupya Kendra,he will be a menial. If
Saturn,the Moon, Jupiter and Venus occupying during
the day a Kendra, or a Trikona position, be in a sandhi
ar-rdif the rising sign be an immoveableone, the person
born will be a menial likewise.
tuqaii-ruir{q=frdegfrq'ldqq.tgh
r
hErafrrdiift awrq*g* fno*qrdfi{r ltBRtl
Slohu 42. Whcn Jupit.:r attaining an trrftt?r
(Iravathamst- t,itle Adhyaya L, Sl. 4'7) occuples a san,
dhi and when the Moon possessedof an r<sqtr (Uttama
varga - attlc Adhyaya l, S/. 45) is outside the Kendras
arrd when Venus is in the rising sign at a birth at night
during the dark half of a lunar montb, the person born
is a menial.
h* rrtEfigr*l{qE(F\rqlil
{g1k{genq{drqslqqI
qrqi{s {ti\ii {ri{qnftr$+
ql+iiorqgsqrsr{iu(tn( u 81 rl
842 qT"r'rtftld Adh, vl.
Sloka 43. A pereonwill bea menialif at his birth
Mars, Jupiter and the Sun oc:upy respectivelythe
sandhisof thc 6th, the 4th and the 10th bhrvas. If the
Moon occupyingthe Navansa of a malefic planetbe in
a beneficsign and if Jupiterbe in conjuncrionwith th:
lord of the rising sign,the peison born will live by
servinganother.
rrisqimqoq rr
qrqrflrrqwfrql sftil{rs.qi+crtt*l
gwit*i qres{*rqrFEa
itq FTrlqfidia rt
fr"qr*rqRrJ(qsEw r ia$rd ttrqtI
*\ qdeq* u B\ fl
irrornierrqFtrrRqgt
Sloka 43. These are the characteristicsof a person
born in the yoga called cuGq+ (Parapreshyaka-beingat
another's beck and call). Sucha person is generally
evil-minded ; he is fond of quarrelling; he is harsh of
speech; he is a reviler of the Brahmanacommunity; he
has a liking for people illiterate, he is indigent and
depraved; he is spiteful and wrathful; his pastime is
lying; he is deceitful, lustful and intemperate; he is
clever in gimulatins tenderness and false pride.
sl' 46'48 qissqrq: 343
n wg-ffifrr: tt
qfr qrqetr
tt zt qnqt iist iqqrqE;fr
qrt qq*sGgisi qrqirqdisgfa{mrqqr( ttuqll
Sloha 46. When the rising sign is ie (Mesha),
qgu (Vrishabha) or \rgq (Dhanus) and is aspectedby a
malefic planet, the personborn will have tooth disease;
when Saturn occupies the ?th bhava and Mars is either
in conjunction with Rahu or is without strength, the
person born will be defectivein limb.
,.f. c'rffid
.eti ${eet: ttt qtaii{t{qt: I
ciiiEsq njqrqoi ii ?r-cq;aErldu
oTt(trqqaFEtqflqa wrg3s I
iialqernrft qt$Sda] qiqqsI us tl
Sloka 47. When the Moon is in the 10th bhava,
Mars in the ?th and theSun in theZnd, the personborn
will lose somelimb.
ffqilq.rt Rqteqrqt-
riq t
gkriH-aGiAgqGEI
qqPq{i;q Hst&fqt'
girqaiq $tldiit iiuq ll 8d ll
ttte 5th or fth
Sloha 48. \l/hen Mercury occupies
housefrom the Lagna and the other planetsare weak,
the child will haveiwo heads,four legsand four hands'
When the Moon occupiesVrishabhaand maleficrarein
the Riksha sandhies,the person born will be a mute'
If . underthe aboveconditions,the Moon beaapected by
344 {rcrcrfT,ill Adh. VI.
benefics, the child may get speech afterwards (after a
long time).
Nores
Fhst holl--,The above result should not be predictedunless
the characteristic combinations mentionedare complete. If the
characteristics are incornplete, an inordinate largeness of the
organsnamed shoulclbe foretoid, Some commentators take the
word ie"iu (Trikona) i' tbe slolia to mean
{oii-srur (Moolatrikoria)
of Mercury , that is Kanya. But this has to be rejectedon the
authority of ,itiir (Gargi) w-hoclistinctiy says:-
qouii'i: diacsq;i gir r
frgqrieFrdedi rrs&q;'rqrRrzn
rl
Sccond halJ.--gy the words " nralelics are in the Riksha
Sandhies " it is to be understood that all the three malefics, aiz.,
Saturn, Mars and the Sun are jointly or severally to be in the last
portion of any one or rnore of Katakar Vrischika and lv[gsn4.
By
the words " afterwards (after a long time)," nothing more is meant
'1ater
than than the ordinary time within which a child may be
naturally expected to speak.'
The last quarter of the sloka leads to the inference that such
Moon should also ]rave r'alefic aspect to make the person mute,
1'his is supported lty Gargi who says;-
qr{ra-$r
Norrs.
(l) In the case of actual birth under the dbove yop, the native
will have often tooth trouble.
(Z) tn tire case of a nativity, the above yoga holds good pro-
vided the Moon is in the Lagna and in l(ataka. (See Brihat
Jataka-XX).
qKrqoi
tig oi{reFqg qntr a drctFd'iteqt? srs: I
$raar.rmati aftiirri'r lft egc: eiq tt
trfrrid fiqi +i&OrSorffieBser<t F6s:t
riifrqi q eE gsrrfftftriir: SrTrdrrqft crfr:t
s
aqqi rreFd d'rrtr,drqq.ddifkar, qH u
fruut*frumet qlqrsiqfi{t;t{AotI
qtaq*qqt{ eqfrr qrqgttgqrBRnr
ar( ll {o ll
Slo&a 50. If the rising sign be the Iast Navamsa
of Makara and if it be aspectedby Saturn,the Moon and
the Sun, the child will be a dwarf. If the last Navamsa
of Makara is rising with three malefics in the three.
decanatesof the Lagnabhava (the 2nd, 3rd and lst
decanates),the child will be without armsr feet or head
as the casemay be.
Norrs.
eRHoi
arqc*i qaild.g lpaqe4elfifirii r
{rrgd'r }urork*lorofiS tg Es: I
ft garigc<s: qFor?tfiq"|*i6ri: rr
A n o l h c vi n t e r p r c l a l i o n I f a l l t h e t h r e e m a l e f i c s e r ei n t h e l s t
decanate,the issue will be born without head. . lf they are in the
Znd decanate,it will be without shoulders; if the planets are in
the 3rd decanate,it will be without legs.
The worclsfrasdi{.{ii{ sqlril:qi}: have been i nterpreted tbus :
" If lvlars occupy the lst, 2ndor 3rd Drell ana rrfthe Lagna."
sl. 51,52 qgrsqrq: a47
rtrqrd{qt;g{mitf I
oqiqrur{fr
oqtEGrft{.il((te} rqtfnaq ll \t ll
Sio&c 51. Mars oct'upying the Lagna Drekkana
(eraf*rur) and aspectedby thc three planetsSaturn' the
Sun and the \tfoon producesa headlesschild. The child
will be born armlessif Mars o.cupy the Drekkanaof
the 5th bhavaand is aspecced bv the s:lmethree planets
as in the precedingcase.
Nores.
This sloka rs from tT,+iil {Garga llora) rvltere the reading is
s l i g h t l y d i f i e r e r r ti v i z . , - . i l s i . M ' l t i i r q : l ' ' . I n o r d e r t o c o m '
plete the idea given in sloka.50 above, this has to be read with the
following first half of the next sloka in thet rvorli, z'iz ,
itcE cacerri aff *ir):r;ir?effi: r
Its omission from the text must only be zrccidental. The
translalitrn shoultl thcrcfore lrc thus'
l v l a r so c c u p f i n g t h c { r r s t ( r i s i n l l ) I ) r e l ; l i a n a o f t h e L a g n a a n d
a s p e c t e db y t h e S u n , t h e M o o n a n r l : i i l t u r r r , p r o d u c c s : r h e a d l e s s
child. The child rvili ire boru arrtrless if Mars occup]' the lirst
(rising) Drekkanzr.of the 5th house and be aspected by the same
t h r e e p l a n e t s . f ' h e c i r i l d b o r n r v i l I h r t v e u o l e g s i f N l l ; t r su n d e r
t h e s a m e a s p e c t o c c u p y t h e l l r s t l ) r e l < l ; a n ao f t h e 1 ) t h h o u s e f r o m
the Lagna.
r
_x\e\-\c\
grTl{iirtf,{.ztqq:qr;gqq ih: nfiaqrr{ruql{il
I3hattotpala, the commentator, ad<ls that if the
l.agna ftr
(Simna) be occupied by tlrc Sun alore anrl
b q a s p e < . t c dh v N T a r s
antl Saturn, the chird wirl ire rrri.d rf rhe right eve.
IIe wiil be
blind of the left eye if trre N{oon ^1o.e should occupy
rht (Sirnlia)
a n d b e a s p e c t e db v M a r s a n I S a t u r n .
WG* qqefufio*
tt d+ tq.r itats* r
tr{r+qrirfuifr{"i qr(
sffi'qil o{t gqilqsn \l tl
S/cr&a53. When the rising sign is iq (Mesha)
rnd the Sun occupies ic being in his exaltation,
the
perEonborn will be brave, obsrinateand possessed
of
moderarevision: if rta (Simha) take the p1.."
of lq
(Mesha) in the previcus case,the pcrsonborn
will have
eye disease; if the iagna be gor (Thula) and
the Sun
occupyit, the personborn will be nighr.blindand poor;
and lastly if *r+ (Kataka)be rhc lagnaand have the
Sun
in it, the personconcernedwill ha,.rcinfl.rmedeves.
Norrs.
This sloka appears in JRI{r(d.
c/. gq;atd+;
XR{;{I ZqadqaiqCIilriifrfiq tf
.qi rqh( grrqis{qd t} Aianq{.qr.t f
rfoqrrr{rfk Ed}f,nflf wri frfi Eftorqs{RTi
n\B tl
Slt,ha i4. The Sun and the Moon occupying
the
12th bhava whether conjointly or apart destroy
the
350 {rcr$frca Adb. VI.
rrT-q6rqfl"qfafi,
rGi dt+
qrsFqdllTaftq;trg;sisft t
R:h qrrgagt qqqR qrq
qr{id,{raafr gigt dE;q(ll
q;qr:f,flgffi*ne* {FqRe}sfATfiawr6'
1
gqrgi{q{d}T{: elii *q, sRtqlqTurrqll
1ffirn;11
ud Ao* qols*g+srlqtfrqftqrgrrdrt
qlqt Egqt wr* q'} sqld q atq Er;qq.ll Q" ll
SJoftc 60. When Rahu, Mars and Saturn are
together in the Lagna,the person born will have enlarg'
ed scrotum. tf the lord of the 1st bhava be in the 8th
and this againbe occupiedby Rahu and Mandi, the same
effect is produced, say the wise astrologers.
sl. 61,68
o*,qrmrctqrrartilapq1;qnfigtatq I' qt ll
.Slolo 61. When Rahu occupies the Lagna, Tfud
(Gulika) a Trikona position,and Mars in conjunction
with Saturn is in tl're8th birava, the result will be the
same. When the lord of the Navamsa occupiedby the
lord of the Lagnais in corrjunction with Rahu, Mars,
Mandi and Saturn,the same evil result will follow.
trq I
oh dr qftgia et glun<Eruff{iGdr
rgor: ll qRll
*t Aol {ftqfgt qqRfrrrrf\rdr
Slohu 62. When the Sun occupying the rising
sign is aspectedby Mars, the persorlborn will be afflict-
ed with colic, consumption and asthma, When Mars
is in the Lagnaand asp:ctedby Saturnand the Sun, the
person concernedwitl be troubled with smali'pox'
Norss.
Two dillerent readings are given of this sloka, t'iz',t
*qtF"i ugulcqrflffirqrFEt
ilgst i*o} r
wts{i fuwrRrntStr gt qoirq}frnQurr
Sloha 64. When Rahu is in the Lagna and when
the sign occupiedby the lord of the Lagni has srrength,
there is danger from a snake. When the lord of ihe
3rd bhava is in conjunction with Mercurlrr the peroon
born will be liable ro throat drsease.
Norns.
stcilEt is another reading for dtqllhi. Vite ales Adhyaya
XII, Slolc 42 infta.
fi w?tsfutR$ vrtftrta6uthqr{qq I
hqTfrm?wrqrarinTr'Tasdlffir rrdr rr
Sloha 6i. When a depressedplanet occupying an
ini mical sign and overpoweredby rhe Sun'er"yr-h.pplo,
to be in the 3rd bhava and aspectedby a m"rleficpi".ret,
tlre personconcernedwill get diseaseof tlre thioat in
consequence of the applicationof poison or of the swal,
lowing thereof. In the absenceof these causes,the
diseaseif it eets in is intendedto drain off moneyfrom
the sufferer-a result in which the purpcse of the
particular yoga will be fulfilled.
qR Edit .roirnrqz
Eqi:nffiqGg( fiiqrd r
fiqdlqA'qilgfuq,ii
qafrqodiqR srttr{} qq r,
Sloha 66. When a malefic planet in conjunction
rvith Mandi or gome such other planet occupiesthe 3rd
bhava,astrologerspredict the diseaeeof the ih.o.t; but
ll. 6?.69 qa3cqr{: 866
otnqgzr{rrsgrr!
udMrt frrqau.q{HnI
qErsqR{qrqi}il qg gqqi qdh il sq 11
sTqmtiTi
Sloha '71. If the lord trf the Lagna,Mrrs anrl Mer.
cury being in conjunctiorr,occupya very unlrropitioug
bhavaand aspect the 6th, they will produce, say the
sages,a diseascof the anusor somenasty diseasesuch
as piles.
Nores.
In the secondrqtt (pada)of this sloka, q{ i{tt: dic+Ud uq}
sr i.
another reading.
sI,72-76 qErscqrq: 35?
ftqTilqrqqR dT.qgdFr"qiesrqRsqF*fttq I
E(fr qtq frqrfrotqqrgsn u1 11
d{q ,TrqtiQsi
Sloha 73. If the lords of the 1st and the 6th
bhavasbe in conjunctionwith Mercury, they will cause
somemishapdue to bilc; if they be in conjunctiorr
with Jupiter, the personwill be immuncfrom diseases;
if in conjunction rvitlr Venus, they may be the caueeof
Eomedangerto the wife ; if in conjunctionwith depres,
sed Saturn, they will, say the astrologers,tend to
engendera wind complaint.
qi it) ftganrau
eil q or\ led q qUI
a-tsttnqilqfrqwri ffi Rwt Eilqrftqrr{n \estl
Sloho 77. When a moveablesign is the lagnaand
it is aspectedby the lord of rhe 6th bhava; when Mars
i s i n t h e l l t h b h a v a ; w h : n t h e 9 t h i s r e p r e s e n t e db y
an immoveablesign and wheo the Tth bhava is a dual
Rasi; under this yoga, peoplebecomeIiableto the fever
inducedby the incantrtionsof their enemies.
ffF;rf\qDtftarargdtfirls,tqrqrt
qot oaqhrr{rFrrn4{:rtrt q8a.ai t
1fr narrrhgelUrrarfrq-qalft'n frTnot
qlqlqds{lTaigc4lg:
eFsqlilqrl: ll
elrt qrqgd\qrFqfiFqereqr;erq: I
g;qlEqlfAi\,itqrqaqe}ndiRar:tt
-i Ui is the reading adopted in sonre books for ad rel and
a p p e a r st o b e t h e c o r r e c t o n e .
gua-fl*-qrrf,]{rFqqEdffin}
zqfrd r
*,iis{ \wq<+ma: fl fif;qffi 11
$'otdqdlrqiggk q-i qqt qR gqt fl t
qA gA asffiiqgfunqrilEfqrqft s'dirrft tt 6Rtf
Sloha 87. If the Moon occupy the Navamsa
belongingto Cancer, Aquarius or Scorpio and be in
conjunction with Saturn, the person born will suffer
from a diseaseaffccting the privities. tf the Moon
occupy in the 4th bhava a Navamsa belonging thereto
and be in conjunction with a malefic planet,the person
concernedwill have disease of the throat.
Noras.
'fhe
Zod qrt (paaa) reads as s't sqrtir qfi geqir.fl in ilcft-
i+<rqft.
El. &36 q&sqrq: 861
. v w v v v v v v v t 9 v 9 Y ! ! v !
sdt$frnqtfrfttqM:qrRqi$T{I atq I
@qr-*qq+{g+iE}qt ll d\ ll
Slola 85. If the 5tb and the 4th bhavasbe occu-
pied by malefic planetsand if the Moon in particular be
in tbe 8th, the 12th or the 6th bhava, blindnesswould
follow as a result of the yoga. The persottborn in this
yoga mu$t of coursebe blind when there is no benefic
aspect uPon the planets concerned. There will be no
evil effect when benefic planets occupy the bhavas
referred to above.
46
362 qrilE'Ttftila Adh.vr"
frffi oqqfrftoq{R+"{"ng
sdEt-
-qq n-ggtg w-<frrirrt ftri qftt r
qoiqfkfrfu il qfqri q*'i-gqrfal*
qoi qfr{qqjqgisriti
sd qifur{ n cQrr
S/ola 86. Whcn (malefic) planetsother than
thc
lord of the Lagna occupy the Lagna, the astrologermay
predict leprosy; it will be black leprcsy when Sarurn
occupies the Lagn:r as described above; ir \r.ill be red
leprosywhen the Sun so occupiesthe rising sign; white
leprosy if the occlrparlrbe Mars. when the Moo' in
conjunction with Saturn or Mars occupies a Navamsa
belongingto qrs6(Kat,rka),dit (Meena) or r*r (Makara)
and is unaspectedby, or unassociatedwith benefic
planets,thc astrologermay declare the yogato be pro,
ductive of lcprosy to the peopleaffected.
qrqrilqt{rftrfrrqqowrfr
qtiqi fr'rqt qRgqfrrfir
ai qgiirnqqrqgi rtq
frrqqior{ttt rR frq*qr n es 11
SIoho BT. When the Moon in conjunctionwith a
malefic planet occupiesthe sign occupiedby the lord of
the 8th bliavaand wire. the last.mentio'ed planet is
aspected[,y Rahu, the person born will suffer from a
diseaseaffectingthc privities: thc sameresult happens
when the 8th bhave is occupiedby four or three niiefic
planets; but if a benefic planet bc in the Bth bhava, the
personconccrnedwill be exemptfrom the disease.
cnoqQei;fietqfiqgcrri
qoqu{redtriitiq{E-de{
|
sL 88,90 cglsqrq: 383
qfur*Rglri{tilfr ,I}qE}
tf?wWolidflrd ftqtfr tt cc tl
S/o&rr88. When tlte Mor;rt is in a w iter'resorting
sign anCthe lord thereofoccr.tpicsthc 6th bhava and is
aspectedby planetsoccupyinq watery signs, the person
born will sulfer from strangtrry; wlten the M )on occu'
pying the (rth or thc 8th l,hav.tis aspcctedby lv{arsand
when Saturnis in the Lagnr, th: pcrsonconcerr-red will
l ischarges les).
r u f f e rf r o m a n a i l m c n tl e a d i n gt o b l , r o . d ( p i
ef . ,:ri,-li.'ratqiit
czilRrqi q=| rb dq{nrf}qI
ea&r,tfiqr* a*1.;rrflt qqqtt
qtil r;qufid frq{t qrq{-erffi
s{{T( gaqGirri+\q t
r.Hrtr|d{risqiTr
qt qrqilqi{tr;arrriq-t q{qnt
qrnittdtwq{iqqRf; noaRiai iriq tt zq tr
S/,rA'rr39. When the rvaninq)loon in conjurtction
w i t h m a l cifc p l ; r r r , : tiss i n t h c r i s i r r r ;s i g n b c l o n g i n gt o
Sa(urttor in thc Bth or tlrc 6th hhav,i, thc astrologer
m a y p r c c l i c cf l l r t r r i e r l c cs,p i e e u( ) r s o m e s t r c l ta i l m e n t a s
the result of this perticulary.:ga. Wlren the Moon is
betweentwo m;il:fic plaitclsand S,tturnocctrpi':s the 7th
b h a v a ,t h c p er s r n b o r n r v i l l i r a v : m u t : hb o d i l y s u ffering
from the combin:d .'[fc.:tsof ;ilrsc':ss,slllt'tn and con'
surnption.
si floh frqi;ftarirt
qdiftgaqrqqqsqfa
of wri uFrarqhil q"iss\ ufhtrrfia:ail( ll \o ll
Sloho 9). {A/hen Mars is in tb,e rising sign and
rhe lord of the 6th bhava is weak, che persolrborn will
CtqTCTfrETI Adh.vr.
have indigestion, a diseasedspleen and colic. When
Rahu or some malefic planet occtrpies the I.agnaand
Saturn is in the 8th bhava,the personconcernedwill be
afilicted with a stomach complaint.
ef. ssl'lr?-drtrrbr
qeflisftqrt qrowt qrq{rgt I
(qtfittqt,il qTgeqfaqfqqrrqi(
ll
q=puft.rgq*rffi
gfr srfit
ntftt qe*isqfroqqrtt
qrorq{tgqft Rsdiqtrd
qli s& fqgi qRqrqE nqt tt
Siolc 91. When Rahu occupies the 4th bhava
and the lord of the Lagna is without strength and
aspectedby a malefic planet,the person born will suffer
from acute pain in the chest. When the lord of the
Lagna is depressed and in an inimical houae,Mars
occupies the 4th bhava. and Saturn is asp:ctedby a
maleficplanet,colic will be the result.
qmluffit'ntrrffi {'},{i gfr
o)'qrqfrfif\f qiiqqqrtwtftt t
qdlnqrfrqnsifrrc+ se i{ggrqir
crRr!{&oftw\fr Rruqiffigt T(r ll ql il
Sloha 92. When the lord of the 8rh bhavais weak
and the rising sign is aspectedby a malefic planet and
the 8th bhava is occupiedor aspecred by Saturn, the
personborn will be smitten with a diseasethat will
prevent the taking in of food. When the Moon in
conjunction with Mars occupiesthe 6th b\ava, jaundice
due to vomitting and deliriun will afflict tbe lrrson
sl. gsg4 qdsqrq: 865
qd s+ gqtrflir(qfr
dflfqt qrRgt g ilstt qEFen gd tl
Slofto 98. When Mars is in his own house,Mer,
cury in the 4rh or the l:lrd bhava and Saturn in the lst,
the personbr:rn will be a dwarf. The result is the same
when, other conditions being identical, Saturn is in
conjunction with thc lord of the Lagna.
s{rFqqfi rreqiI ttRrfrrqrrctr
I
qFqr qtsqqaq rqFc cT-qI
\C r \ C
R;IAr{rHqrtqeqttaFnin
Gilit{n qq tl
gnF$dtHq,'sErtgqrlt
Sloka. 99. When the Sun and the Moon occupy,
one of them the 12th, and the other the 6th housefrom
the Lagna,the personborn will be one.eyedand will have
the unique fortune of possessingan one,eyed wife as
well. When Venus and the Sun conjointly occupy the
7th, thc 9th or the 5th bhava,the person born under
this yoga will havea wife defectivein somelimb.
Norss.
I'he Sun is in the l2th house fronr the Lagna in I and lZth
from the 7th in Ir
sl. 100 q*ssqrq; 369
.+
The Moon is in the t2th from the 7th in I and l2th from the
Lagna in II.
cl. rnfii
qaq qqrtqq
e\
gq* flraqrc+,r}t
qs qldt qrqrql dsilsftfidl ll
Also {l-{tqdl
sfflqqfig{d+: {r{T$qF+{a.Fdgtqs I
qqEflrTKgaq:siol qFqr {Itdqqns ll
_ n i 'F
gtqt qqE+,aqT(:I
. c
?q sqqtrr1{If,lil:
'{tqifiqaqtqtqtt+e:qqlsedt?{ll
^ r t
C^ . a i"\
seems to extend the prinr;iple to the 5ttr and the 9th housesalso.
D i s e a s e s c . r f t e e t h a n , l t ( ) n g u e : l r e r n t l r , ' i t t e db 1 ' t h e 7 t h h o u s e
( C h . l l l - 7 7 F r g . l ) . T l r i s r : ;i r l s o t h e p l r n r - r p l eo f \ \ ' c s t e r n . r s t r o l o -
tsy. C/. i\lan Lt.u.
" M a l c , f i , : , , r r n : t - c p e c t r cbly i r e n e l r ts , ( l c c u p \ . r n g t h e T t i r i r o u s e
w r 1 1 l r r i r r g a l r r t u t t o o t h d i s , e a s e (s, i e i o r n r i t v o r o t h c r n ' i s e ) . "
1 | r l l 4 , ru o u l r l r n c l u r l c t h r ' l \ l o o n ; l : . o i n t i r c 1 - o g ac a u s i n 1 . 1
d a m a g e t u t l t , r . r r, ( ' - l .
{riiqqnEgqq{gtsqic}
ot wmorrtqGqrqord r
iqqrqek"JAlrgfE'{-{tg
uniiirq{ogq gqdih rnr: il lo( il
;'loku t0l. W h e n . l i r p i t c r o c i - , r p r ( ' sb e n c f i c v a r g a s
such as arrr-iiqi{r
1 Vargottuinamsa) rn tlie Lagna or the
4th bhava ; or rs elsewhercpossessingabundarrtstrength;
wh,:n tlrc oth,:r planets arc in tirc 2nd, the ll th and
other bh,avasconrrcctct-l
lvith well.beirrg and prgsperity ;
and rvhen the lord of ,r.,. risrnq sign is powerful, che
[']ctstJnborn gets on !,.r^:ll.ind is,h;rpp1r,
sl. 102 cfrsrcrq: 371
-----vqf,&r+{y\\-- --- -
ffiqaqlswrt:
u u-wfrrntqrq:
tt
Adhyaya VlI.
ON R.e,re yocAs oR plaNET.r.Ry coNJUNctI()Ns
LEADTNGro KrNcssrp.
6-qrfi-+tglqrffiqglirqfuil ffi I
*ilqr{ffi{reffSoi wn qtqt rriq tt
iltftt=srrr?qnsrr.ratqfrisfr{osqrqR-
rilqrqFs{*'qtr ggqfl: guflEftqrqt n t tl
Slohu 7, When the planetsoccupy Kanya,Meena,
Mithuna, Vrishabha, Simha, Dhanus and Kumbha, the
peroonborn will he a famous king, great in possessing
an army, mightv elephantsand horses; if the planetsbe
in Thula, Mesha, Vrishaba and Meena, an enperor
comesinto the world in this yoga ; if the planetsbe in
Vrishaba, Dhanus, Meena and the Kendras, a person
destinedto rule over the earth and acquire wide fame
seesthe light.
NotRs.
In this as well ns in the next slol<a,the author has described
i n a v e r l ' " c n < l e n s e dr n a n n c r t h e f t r t H { ( ' i r n h a s a n a ) a n d o t h e r
yogas. Wrth a vrew to rtral<ethern clearer, thu followirrg are
extractedtrorn other works and appendedbelow:-
37L
SI, 1 qtfrsrqFrl 3?3
1t ftt +,=qr+,eq
figarurfetrril
firfrd: Qaqrfqeqqfi q-s-qR at, t
aqa* ,iiil e*egeqlilafrfiii}
r{twamr.rXggar{hvre,}
fiqqi tr
(l) qa+to-gqiq: {HardEi
wr5q6a
qG gorqr.rmtelqttFgt+t:fldol fiCIflfla*t r
\r
K qgcfrq(Iqtqnflfr:S{{t: qqai ath z{Iq. tl
(s) T(qgF-.rctq:'iqara.i
gdR rqrqrqftfqqqtdrq{qt
ag, mU qq q{qfaq,i,,ii rfige, I
qqueliigsq{ofrgffdT
frfrqfa:
gq-flrqrfq{ri qq{i qqqrqnrTQflrqlt
(12) Tfdrqlrr: .rt{5itt}
gfa+rt qfi n'id<E6qqlql'4rJ(ftqliAo
r
qdqrodr
q-'qrtqsarrqt'qqztqlfr
q, r
gtlrrq{frqn{rdorlefratitarft
dzr ftaqfiggrrlrrrr a] liil{dikdl
{Fnr$qrfiql rrr rr
ifr o*qsrtrfrKiefr
Slohu 2. When the planetsoccupy Kanya, Meeha,
'fhula,
Simha and Kumbh;r, thc person born is a king.
When the planets arc in thc 3rd, the 5th and the 4th
bhavae, the person born becomcs ruler o{ countriec
abounding in great wealth. If the 3rd, the 4th. the 5th
fiircrltf|t Adh. VII
the 2nd, the 9th, the lst and the 7th be occupiedeach
by a planet,the person born will becomea just king.
irnftqry{suuqqrcrqorF{il dt{itqi-fl ; I
$-dr*Sfrr{qrq{d Zq}qMgqTnmqr ll I ll
Sloka 4. If benefic planeta be strong occupying
the tst, the 10th, thc 7th and the 4th bhavasand if Mars
and Saturn be in the 9th and theltth bhavas,the person
born will be a king possessed of every amiablc virtue.
Norns.
The number of yogas satisfying all the conditions described in
this sloha will, if carefully analysetl, be fcrund to be very lirnitec.
e* q,ikqtqrcqatqqti a,{*r\' t
{gft: qafri:qfq{fq?fi &finfr: tt
ffe c drail +'i ilqd'trrl{.flrtTfr;r;I
qrdtRril' fu qga.ilfi{rfat
r t tt
\\
qq'{rfq erqttg Hflq: qrf,llFqqr I
q;q: qr.qd{Iq H ftrqq i rruqefl
yogasin a1l.
sl. 6 qEfrss{rq; 879
v v ! vv Y v v Y v v vv s Ylv v v
vv r vvvvv Y-v E t v vvvvv vvvvv ! v v Y v ! v v v
rv
qf&qrsfltunugste+{tttfkt
qrfrwgorqfrftguosisir$dttarI
Fr ffiuq{r*tqA I qqtrrrfrt-
id ur.rfr qR ltftqitr qsdihfftEl{ ll q ll
Slcla 6. When Venus occupiesthe asterism As'
wini in the Lagna and is aspectedby all the other
planets,the person born will be the senior in family
destinedto destroy the whole host of his enemiesand
to sport with many women. When there are three or
more planetsoccupyingnot the Navamsaof their depres'
rion sign but one owned by themseives and one such
planetis in th: Lagoa, tlre p:rson brrn will be a king
arrd a v;ry wealthy one too, when there are 5 or more
ruch planets.
(Fbil hill). C/. ara+,riir
ar&;qi on{: gfi: niqtfaftfen:r
fiffianlftqiEe'q.
a]fr giqdiqro ll
Also q.oitifdl
ugitifo'frqqqfirpfi fiarftt lt
erf}=qrgenn,
,fhe
following from gt{qdt (Saravali) rnentioning the several
will
a s t e r i s r t t sw h i c l r , w h e n o c c u p i e d b y \ / e n u s , c o n f e r k i n g s h i p
also ire of interest:
qrii: grl: I
aRr;Rffier,rlgsqrqr{t
*ilft tg*i q1l{fu;qlqRHfrqd:ll
Louu holf. C/. aramta
qerRfli<qr,ftiRtqlsfQqranTI
6ru<ieqftit rgoqilqfia: qr{ lr
.It has also to be noted here that it is only when the 5 or 6
planets in <&f-l (Swalisheira) are s:tong that the person born be-
comes a King. If they or any of thern be weak, he only becomes
rich. But sevenplanets in q-'{g will, irrespective of their
strength, make the person a King. C/, gttryt-r,qe+.
qeGfl+dtt:ar56pttqd't
erfggr;fiqfA'
erlgogfudr<t:1g
qgfrKr*:Q)jl} wft fiavrq r
t-sqm6
S-Hq$egqffgFqr ufigf i}frr{{: e}ryq1 '
rGrragace+gql'qrqqqqAitzqra flaqg tt
g*ffiqqqTq sg{t&
old {osi sf*itqfR.qkr I
qtsRMrqlrrrrrt frrrqi
s{i\iryrtt"rffisdiiuus1
Sloka 7. When Venus is in the Znd bhavawhich
is neither the planet'sdepressionnor owned by an enemy
q,nd wlren the lord of the Lagna iE strong, the percon
sl. g qg*stqrq: 38r
born will becomca kinq. When the Moon- occupieEat
night its own Navrmsa or one belongingto a very
friendly planet and is aspectedby Venus alone, a king
comesinto the ',vorld.
Norrs.
:f. soiiii{r
dtarftgqwtrqfinserire*n: qQdiqr qdt q
{rq, tt
Also en+riir
nfiarJq ettqT SHETTq:
fllrriq: t
d*+rii qcdtqr H rr: gft{1qfa:tl
Frorn the two p:rnllel lrassrges above given,
it will be seen
that Venus a'tl trre r.rrl of the Lagna srrourd
both be in the 2nd
'I'he
bhava- text rerds itserf arso to the above interpretation
and
i t r n a y l r r e f e r a b l l ' b e r e n c l e r c dt l r u s : " \ \ / 6 e n
V e n u s t o g e t 5 e r _w i t h
the lord of tlre Legna, who is :rlso strong, is
in the 2nclbtrava,
rvhiclr is neither the planet's (\'enus') dep165;s1611
s l f J n ,n o r i s o w n e d
b y ; r n e n e r n l ' , t h c p c r s o n l r o r r r r v i l l b e c o r n ea K i n s . , ,
cl. qtitqo.i
Also gnrS-d
qfi qq r$r: di* qffnqqi) qfa r
{qRfr*des:+itfi sfq{iqfi(rr
(Lattn halJ.)
See notes under sloka 6, sultra. According to
Yavana's vievr quol.edin lirihat jat:rlia, one or two planets in thcir.
exaltation, one of them being in the Lagna and the Mclon in .dzqi
(Krtakr) will create Rajayoga. l6 such Rajayogas are possible
under the above co;nbination. cf . yalatl.n
-\--^r \ \ ^ \ \ \ A \ ^
qfll8riTg ?l,{TdqHerT Ql5r{ {liltr qrsil tlqr{I: Fg: 1l
Ordinarily 3 cir four planets in their ex?iltationwi11,it is said,
make a personborn in a Royal family a King. F'ive or more pla-
nets in exaltation will make any persona King. r../.ga-.nwfqg.
n n C:\ ^f' C \ \n
Hrqq(agr'{qtlqF,tlq{{n: I
Jq' eFq*r;qiaqritsfQ qnq' tl
But there are other special combinations under which 3, 4, 5
or more planets may not be in their e.raltation signs and yet the
person born attains royalty. .lhe iruthor deals with several such
exceptions to the said orrlinary yogas handed down by tradition
which are difilcult to be observed except by nren of extraordinary
talents.
Hfiofrrqwra fiqJeqt<gqqrcrrqfrpqrramor,
t
eTRqilTqau{irT: rqil fqqqi qq{t q{qrgq: tl
(Lattct half). ol. HRFT6T
drqcaelqQqaqumfr{flQa:
Fqacexai {FfiGFrt.tt't;Eqtrn:
I
qg3T-{
F.qrqqnqafRdrsfi
ma
figel'i*rfn',ieft eq+siilq
gn{r{ tl
" " I f p l a c e d i n a s i m i l a r p o s i r i o n , a . r .i n t h e T t h h o u s e , . ' h a s
to be understood from .{';'Ri i.r the slolia previous to this in
sRrs-dl
(Saravali).
qrflqftaqqalqqi qrrt
fr+fhtfiwqs6u*maf r
gfMgiln Gq;rfrqr
{tqt?qilqfr gkufr wrorn lR tl
Sloha L2. If, at the bir.h of a person,Mars occupy
Dhanus,Mesha or Simha identical with the Lagna, and
be aspected by a friendly planet, he will rule over a
kingdom won by his own nrowess. If the Sun, the
49
mnwREt* Adh.vII.
Moon and Jupiter be in the 3rd, the 9th and the 5th
bhavas and have strength, the person born will be a
king comparablewith the God Kubera in respectto his
rvealth'
NorBs.
(First hatf). c/. q-d{k*,r
qlwAqq$qlqffflF,it,Iufit qsqfr fiqfoee, rr
(Latlct half .) ef . Slaka 49 inf ra. Also rrr4df
fiafrrr+qnl' qaqqqqqfrwtrnq r
qG qqfAdqT{IqTsirc"q} qtqfd u
Also qRffilrfisr
",.j!.att
the Navamsa of the 8rh bhava (64th frum ihe Lagna)bc
that of a rriir (Rasi) owned by the
marefic orr"ner in
question, under this yoga also will be
born a king of
kings.
qqrinrei fi:qoaFffireqqr
qerRgFn?.n}*qrzqgeq]r{qat' u
qt *qqq.trrrSililqtqr{c{gfr
{ri drtre{rqffit tteftq6sq3 1
trfr {dFrorrrttRst qrqrftiiltfr
iltt qfr dffii'sqhraaq) qaqtt?qll
Sloha L9. When Saturn is in strengtb and has
attainedsqsEd (Uttamavarga, when Jupiter occupiesa
Navamsaother than a depressionone,and when the Sun
is in a benefic Navamsa and is aspectedby benefic pla,
nets, the person born will be in the good gracesof a
king and equalto him If Rahu be in the 10th bhava,
if Saturn occupying the llth be aspected by the lord of
the 9th bhava, and if the lord of the rising sign be un,
associated with a depressed planet, the person boro
under this yoga will be like a lord of the earrh.
cf. ssirft?'ilft
wi rrd '{A=qtqlTqqltnfligt r
elt fiqQt qrghzgr+itqi( ll
{qsil ftfrqAftqn wi{t qilq?nqgilr t
sdffirr{TwFEil qr qnqfrqtfM ll Ro lr
Sloha 20. If two, three or four planetsin deprec-
sion occupy benefic shahtyamsa(eu.in) or 60th portions
or Navamsasof their severalexaltation signsat the time
of birth of a person, he wiil be a lord of the earth
eminently just and virtuous.
cl. ssl{fr-mqft
a* qr * eq] qrsftqFqliiflqflTdt: r
{ltluritsgtr: Qfi il q{rqft: ll
sl. 21 sFrilstqrq: 891
onis$gilftfi graErqrqrt=frqt
qr{r{N|ETurrqfr= *qqs;ffitfuel t
q'ffiqqil"rrft qdqtrffiqfiffi
qril qnqwtihtgft q-6dqr{rf!rq!
tt Rt tl
-fhe
Sloka 27. following are the three yogasunder
any one of which a person born becomeawealthy. In
the first yogar the lords of the 10th and the 9th bhavas
counted from the Lagna are in conjunction and aseocia
ted with the lord of the 2nd bhava; in the 2nd yoga,
the lords of the 10th and the 9th, reckoned from grr
(Subha), i e. the lords of the 6th and the 5th bhavas from
the Lagna occupy each a sign owned by the other and
are asgociatedwith traqfh(Dhanapathij i.e. the lord of
the 2nd bhava; in the 3rd yoga, tbe lords of the 10th,
and the 9th bhava calculatedfrom the 10th, i.e. the lords
of the ?th and the 6th bhavas from the Lagna occupy
mutuallyaspectingKendrasand are associatedwith qtcft
(Dhanapati). If the severalpairs of planets mentioned
above be aspected or associatedwith the lord or the
karaka(orro) of the 4th bhava, the person born under
each of the several resulting yogas will have at his
command much wealth and many vehicles.
Norrs.
The first 3 quartersof thrs sloka are also capable of beine
i n t e r p r e t e dt h u s : -
" I f t h e l o r d s o f ( t ) t f r e l 0 a n d 9 t h h o u s e sc o u n t e d f r o m t h e
Lagrn, (Z) the lOth and 9th houses counted fronr the 9th house
and (3) the l0 and 9th houses reckoned from the lOth housebe in
conjunction, occupy each a sign orvnedby the other, or occupy
mutually aspecting Kendras, or be associated(at the same time)
ithw the lord of the secondhouse, the personborn will be wealthy."
39rl {tcTniilti Adh. VII.
af. qoqtft+r
The 12 yogirsarc :
( t ) o t . Tb y t h c r e l a t i o n s h r po f t h e l o r d s o f t h e l s t & Z n d h o u s e s
(z) r1q.1eT do 2 n d& 3 r d , ,
(3)-r'nr+, do 3rd & 4th ,,
(+) 3rqro{ do ,lth & 5th ,,
(5) <mor a* do 5tr&6th ,,
{o) <rcf,.I do 6th & 7th t,
(7) icqrzla: do 7th & Sth ,r
(g) ..Trq-qql do 8th & 9th ,,
{o) .6o1n do ( ) t hc t l O t h
,,
(lo) {iirr"r{ dcr l O t h& l l t h , ,
(l l)'dur;Tq{ do I lth & I2th ,,
(tz) firrnt do l2th .t I st ,)
cl. qlat{
aMB+egflr+n}fegdT
qdqa,ilr
BqI.q* qEqr+dtd tfrqrrqr)rr
qfdi tqoril q ft',qorfi dgaqqtr
g6fi'6rr
orqqlrrrdilqi]_cq1{qfiq ll
s{qTsqrcq .fii rrq,iiq fqqrzfe{ r
rTlrqr'{{ il{q}rt ilfii;wqaq'{{ ll
fqnqrfialqlt qlqr q s,i,arFTdr:tl
T h e r e l a t i o n s h i pb e t r v e e np l a n e t si s o f f o r - rkr i n d s :
l. E A t : hc , n co c c u p y i n gt h e o t h e r ' sh , r g 5 s, , K e n c l r ao r K o n a
2. .l3oth1;iauetsaspectingeach other.
3. Any one <-rfthe two planetsaspectingthe other.
4. Both planets occupying the sarnehouseor Varga, etc.
sl, 2I uqtsnlr.l3 393
,f . rRtlr(
sqq: PeT;ffpq=q]
elsq6 fd,ftq*' t
U,itqd+ii aG:frqil*a =qtt: tt
..1-qtq*aw rl t,t ngare-aif ftq.t r
qmfhilfl*il qrsfti*,qfiqn]qErrl
The association of the lords of the Kendra and Kona olaces
is capable of producing Rajayogas.
cl. onat-qi:{di
taR+)qqna: sfih q{Fq{qI
$twordfeirqnzqrq{d: II
Also
frft}"rfrqdt{"}sq-* }q *qEq.r
+qrf iisfrqfuq]qqqGs iilqa( tt
Also KT{I?
ennd: gqqtqTfhrqq'tqrfim qrq t
qqrurt
purattr rrfirr&qnrcsoq
tt
d{:pq141q,i} q.e1c;elqhii fq{qa' t
wn4;qiieel qrndGt il-qqE tl
q:r $-dtft ffgd il qrsRflqflsq} |
{rqifiq'it qrd uq qqfafqPrnqrr
qldtt<qT qri qriv} a6{ fF,rn:t
gRuvf{vn'qiGeriiqeq {r;qurt tl
gtrrfirrgQilofrqlqT qqTqdqflgdrir( |
Z,iitariRE qiiun@:ertqgi aqtfifilr-euo:rr
gnqlfqql*q qfleqrtq ngil |
qiiaprqTgml arnllR( {rFqrrtqll
gia') q{qnga*e*qi.qrfQ
gil fie'q r
ryJ
il1_""",_,_
"___"__ "",""",_jg: J_l'
_:yg: """__
gQsrerqntJtseat qfr u-*qcn:
erqr-*qrftfrs] tt
q{rqrige++Eqt uungtr
qeqtfEqfighqrnlrftqilFrtrnqu
finrqlq Eqiqtqqt sriiBilfrn r
gql dgq+ rmr qdt qr aFflqlsREr rt
' ffq: qfi +fia-d qrqsfQqfrq.r,t
{*m;} aa:gh 6,i1}arqrrt+r1
rt
qdt goqqrii qnqqaalfrqrqq{
aqrqr'qprrt,{qftqntilsfl rfirq t
ail rdq-61qofiflquaqqqt-
fiq.ii fia<rfiqqqqqqwftrrq:tt
q{r guqqnl qnqqqi goq{*
q-qii+qlqhil qqfAt{GqTiqqit r
sgqrn +'iftf{qqrrq}tRqad
qgrqlasR\qft qtnnr.itfrqifq 11
qil il-qirl aawga*ris{,rai
qorrrdt qs qqqfts frt nG{: I
flqr inr-qrerfiqaqfll{orfregffi
grsrctqonrq{oqrcil qqqfr' lt
In these cases it is not very nccessary tbat the lords of the
Kendras and Kcnas should be two difierent planets. One planet
may be the 1orclof two Kendras or a Kendra and a Kona and yet
a good result will
be produced though not to the same extent as
when they are owned by two separate planets.
cf. sta-Tqr?4+r
*oqflr,TqrfEq'irt+l
*,iiq+lr*t,r
q-qfimrqqfiil{iq=q}
qfi frgn: tt
sl" 22 sffi5sqzt: 395
r*g qRq1&futgrrqrfq{rq}sfho6ft!Rn(|
s+iqt:qei\frqffir srm qiqd'rqqt{r
n qRtl
SIcha 77. Vhen six planctsarc in their exaltation,
the person born will be a liing of kinqs ruling over the
whoie earth. When five planetsoccuDytheir exaltation
signs anciJupiter is in the Lagna, the personborn will
rule all rnenand all lands.
Norps'
c/. qdrtfi,rrcrft
q"^luiinaqqf"s\:qi4tqrf;tirit qfq'rqd t
sqfFqt: qafq{a{rnr flrqtftqlt qi{ii i.rail-n
Also nlfl{lil{ol
SfGq,cFe{Tqt{rE,lfia.{T,t*t
{i-ltq':I
FdaFqoftqlq-isr' ei fiaq1;11
Also 1 4 q q 11 1 q a { .
iafqkauftEt"jrqi-;ifciir'' I
?q:q.qelrqitqtrisfi wrar'11
All the works on astrclogy are unaniri.rous in the al;ove view"
According to Yavana and others, three or four rnelefic planets
in their exait:rtion makes the Iirng cruel. t'1.
seeil.rr,ri'rlarqr;'{r}iidlinar tFar: I
eqrQfilrqirqi6r Siffagar a 1frlw: 11
Also og;rRT{
Bqqftffijr,ia.rei qqFd{rnn; I
qqrfrfiit;s$olqera
aa{ilrqrff : n
Vidc also E{.rnRFfi'VII-8 and XI-13 and my notes thercon.
sl. 23-24 sErTr$qr|t: 397
qr( |
u$rqq&tfti qafitrdr+iqtrq{qdtqfrr
hiiEqAqR q-qgi dr{'ri iqgft Tqro!n Rl tl
Stoha 23. When Saturnis in *c (Kunbha) iden,
tical with the Laqnaand whcn four planetsoccupy their
exaltationsigns,an emperoris born. When *e (Mesha)
occupiedby Mercury is the rising sign and Jupiter is in
the exaltationsign, a ruler o[ men comesinto existence.
q* sqiqqGqR qqfh't-
{tsftErcq{qftfhfrarqurqr( |
a\ \ A A \
gsrat(ffi(t{( F{sttqTrTtiT-
\ \A
{"rtssg1-6
ilqru(wrqrlqq ll R8 ll
Sloka 74. If the Moon occupying the rising sign
qeir (Vrishabha)be aspecredby the remaining six pla.
nets,the personborn will bocome king at an early age.
If one planet be in the exaltationsign while the rest are
in their own or friendly signs,thc yoga will secureto
the personborn irnder it, a portion o[ thc gooJ thinga
of life such as it is the good fortune of kings to have.
Nores.
(First half ). c ' f . t h e l a t t e r h a l f o f s l o l ; a6 2 i n A < l h 1 ' a y aI l ,
supru.
Also +11{l{,4
of g*s}'dtfidqqqolrq rgfr:
c/. Also rm<{Rr
orFt qlqq:d W-alhlie.it: t
{{{Fq: sq: SqlaqFqfa+rq{
1l
Q{rqlsrrc-q
qgQrqt q{ wd ;TftTI:$n: I
qftitq nqrrasqlvr.ri n* rr
51
4ry1 qrtrt$Rqa Adh.vn.
iu""o.
sL 88-42 g8*sscr'{: 408
{qHTo{tgtl srqgtlffirol5stsI
qEirsftgtt qni qnftqqitEqq.ll lc ll
-S/ofa 38. The full lr,{oonpredorninantin strength
is singly capableof making the person born under its
i n f l u e n c ea v i c t o r i o u sk i n g .
t{qr{i Fw{aiiqrdiur(qf}{drI
fiikmrfiq'soq.ll lq tl
sftft EgrrriTrt
Sloha 39. Jupiter occupying the 2nd bhava in
conjunction with Venus at the birth of a person will
makchim a lord of the earth cap,rbleof conqueringall
e n e m ise.
olir *;rtrfir0 qth efqqri{rt
t
rrrrthonr\ il(i{isft{r qf,rqftrtt Bo tl
Slr,ka 40. The personat whose birth the lord of
the lst bhavais in a Kendra, thc lord of thc ttlth in the
4th, the lord of the 9th bhava in the llth, sucha person
will becomea king and be blessedwith long life.
Gggwratq! e& qofr'frq.rrt
u{ftqfUrir ilcTrtaiqi sqiltqq il Bl tl
S/,,4'.r41. lf Mercury with its rays obscuredby
the Sun occupv its ao?adror(Moola Trikona) and be in
the qer (Swastha) $tate ( ritle Adhyaya 2 S/. 16), the
personborn will b,: a king excellingin his knowledge
of every kind of learning. Other planets similarly
placeddo not produccthis effect.
q.tq.qtrqm t
sltfr gwrftrafr
o*rEtq tqrir qR nqTq t{qr u 81 tl
Slok,t 47. If, at a person'sbirth, the Sun and lv{er,
cury occupy the 4th bhava, Saturn and the Moon, the
ilruTlTrftqe Adh.vrl
10th and Marsthe lst, the personborn will undoubtedly
becomea king
ftt silirrsfrEGtr
RErsirEt
sqrqt gt qrd il*sft sf}rfiqft.u Bl tl
Sloka 43. Even a baseborn man becomes a king
if at his birth the Sun occupy in the rising sign lfr
(Sinha) a Navamsa other tlran what belongsto Venus,
and if Mercury be in *qr tKanya).
qngM {r qqr{frgdrqft r
dttd ge-dirQqTni(rwrrit'qit u BBtl
Sloha 44. If Saturn and Mars be in the l0th, the
5th or the lst bhava and the full Moon be in a sign
owned by Jupiter, the person born is to becomea kinq.
rd Roaftqfrq ffi qqt"qit Sai rfltrrr{|
tt.qrt qG f,rq{t qrfrsftilsil {rqFqil}{r ft B\ tl
S/oAa 45. The lord of the rising aign occupying a
Kendra in strength securesroyal fortune to the person
bcrn under the yoga. If the lord of the Lagnabe aspect,
ed by a friendly planet, the person concerned even if
low born will either be a king or a higher personage
worshipped and veneratedby kings.
cf , Klq-di
hoi liorqpr: gft{\?ifhiii fir}' r
uwfFqtq *+ rlqfifi( qrqhsrq: rl
qatr&qrq'rqqt
TG $Frr.r1{
ffi qftmu f
{flr! il eq tl
SloAa .t6. Ir the lord of the rising sign occupying
the exaltation sign aspectthe Moon, the person-bori
s\.41-4s sEc}ssrrq: $
ilqW {Fdft{qrst
qigi q{qi u{tdfi |
s'{ri{t {r Ugt aqqfut
g\qgd'tqftl {srqt ll \o ll
S/oAo 5Ll. Whe n the Sun occupiesin strengththc
rising sign Dhanus; when Mars in conjunction with
the Moon is in the l0th bhava and whcn Venus is in
the l lth or the 12th ; a king comparableto the lord of
the immortalscomes into the world.
tiaqsrRqrf flqr wqqsgqEtfkolt
ilsil iriNitfqei sqqqqF(al il \l tl
S/oftrl 51. When malefic planets occupythe ,3rd,
the llth and the 6th bhav.rsand the lord of the Lagnais
aspectedby benefic planets; the person born will be a
strong energeticking extolled by all people.
cf snr4dl
orq qnlqqt qfi qnt q;qsFr U{dEr:I
qqfi nErq{fr{r, flq<ZqqFEd:flrg: il
rt{qt qftrfrqrqrgi
ufr eqlqmqisqqr-s.i
r
Rqrd\wqt q{tnil
qtiqinqe-dqra$r
uiq n \R tl
'When
Sloha t2. Mars occupies in stregrgththe
rieing sign Makara, Saturn is in the gth or the lith
bhavaand the Sun in conjunction with the Moon is in
tbe 7th bhava,the person born will be a fickle,minded
sovereign.
-""""""--""-S::: """""""-"",,""""--1'"'
li:i3:3"
,./ ff<r{6
qtqt aq(ql) qfFqtt
fmd xftgt gftit nia\
Rqrfttqsqt ulgar (q) qoqril zqfi, qqrqt ll
ur\ gt EIflt (qqq;(qr qif I
qrfr tqgdr rtqt ftqfr qr *ralrriq tt \1 ll
S/oftc 53. If the Moon in conjunction with Saturn
be in the llth, the 4th or the 10th bhava, the person
born, if of a royai family, will becorne a king or a
wealthy man equal in rank to a king.
ffi fiqwffi$ffirrfrrftffirr r
qrftfiqflaertguTqlroini a ffi d tt \\ tl
SloAc 55. If, at a person's birth, the Sun be in
Meenaand the Moon in Kataka,the personborn becomes
a king. The planets one and all fail to bestow the royal
fortune when aspectedby inimical or depressedplanete.
EnaqfigHsugwri iiTes
{grrlruiti Mrrrq iirqq t
q-qafr
RuaRg{a"qrfqfr
aug?rau\(f
{txiflqdigtr \Q tr
Sloha 66. A single planet occupying his highert
exaltationpoint and aspectedby friendly planetsprodu,
ces a king (or a leader of men), Such a planet though
single wilI makethe personimmensely wealthy if lre be
also associatedwith another friendly planet. But when
planeteare in inimical or depression signs, the persons
born under the inauspiciousyoga, are (t) without
wealth, (2) without comfort, (3) without intellect, (4)
sickly, (5) a{flicted with captivity, (6) involved in
murdersand 1?) other equally wicked crimes (succes,
sively as the number of the badly placed planets rise
graduallyfrom 1 to 7).
Norts.
This sloha is frorn F3rihatJataka. By the word fdz (Uitra)
in fd+qiqtq (It{itrat,ogat), it is natural friendship iis.iq"T (Nisarga
maitratva) that is meant and not the dt({Ifu{ (tatlatika).
First half . The interpretation given above is what has been
given by Bhattotpala, and in the face of it appearsas most unlikely.
For, from a reference to Ilrihat Jataka XlX.I, it will be seenthat
the Moon in Taurus aspectedby the Sun, Mars and Mercury pro-
duces no good eflects ; aide alsa XIII-I of the same work.
s|.67 qEgTSt"TTq: +rl
The word gq'q: (Uchchagaha) haS been translated in the text
as "occupying his highest exaltalion point." C/. ern-+rrftsn-
qqrk{ c(dlqisfrgil e} qR qqrqfr: VII-tt Supra.
May not the word iqa (Ivlitra) in fltse: (Mitradrishtaha) mean
the Sun ?
By the word rgq: (Uchchagaha) Varahamihira appears to
imply Jupiter, Mars and Saturn. Mercury and Venus are not
taken into considerationas these can never come in opposition to
be aspectedby the Sun. This yoga is possible in the following
way :-
(l) Mars in Makara and the Sun in Kataka.
Q) Jupiter in Kataka and the Sun in Makara.
(3) Saturnin Tula and the Sun in Mesha.
The Sun thus in opposition to any one of these three planets
i n e x a l t a t i o n t o g e t h e r w i t h a f r i e n d l y p l a n e t n r a k e st h e n a t i v e
wealthy as well besidesa {r (Nripa a king or leader of men). It
is only such rich people that suffer from very longstandingdiseases
s u c ha s d i a b e t e s p , l e u r i s y ,e t c . , ( l , l r i h a t . i a t a k a X
, XIII-Z-9)
qs{@qq$*E+ tr* r
qris z{ftii(rq gurqnrqtri\rr\s tl
Sloko 57. When Saturn is in the rising sign iden,
tical with Dhanus, Meena, Thula, Mesha, Makara,or
Kumbha, the person born will bc a lord of men, hand,
some, intelligent and wise, and will lead a town or a
village.
Nortls.
(iarga, as already pointed in ll-67 (p:rgc B2) srq)ra, has stated
that Saturn in Thula, l)hanus or l\lleen:r identir:al rvith the Lagna
'I'he
is capable of producing kingship. :ruthor says thaI Saturn in
Mesha (though his depressi,rn sign) iclentical u'ith the risrng sign
w i l l b e s t o w k i n g s h i p , ( n r a l e f l c i n d e p r c s s i o ni s n o t b a d ) . A s r e g a r d s
Makara, .{til.tl{{q (.lataliabharana) say's:-
qtqiftqfriqdialafigt qqilftrqtqr: r
\c
er{ltrllgddrnrail qei: qt+q,tl
(qrflqt)fiqeqrqeqr
4t2 r|dftTlRqt Adh. VIL
Saturn in Makara is therefore capable of conferring the appearance
of royalty. As for Kumbha, Satyacharya has declared that sign
Kumbha as ascendant is not auspicious, 'Ihe yavanas did not
agree with the above view, but were of opinion that it is only the
Kurnbha f)wadasarrrsas (in all lagnas) that are bad. This view
has been supported bv (Srutakirti) but again opposed by
?afiiiil
Vishnugupta iiqSt
"/.
g
tlqr q qiRerGqtGqq6qq"uifR r
bqfio* qrdtqqftar)g:{r}6sns'll
Also rra+lfr
=
HiRfteqi gqBrsiqn] qil qdA I
trrrl q rqr gfba: qffirilfi qkgw: tl
fiuolgs
O,rqrquqrtiloffqd) q qtre* qqt: t
qlq s{qi onqdFurTfissodr srd ll
qzqlqretrfrqiq qd d.fr{{rreilil0tT{ |
\r
oi v.qtfqrfraEoirErcqffqu{
u \c tl
sl. 68 g8r{rsEqr|t: 413
azta (Satrukshetra.) +
aiq (Neecha)
e 1 d {( A r k a g a . C o r r r b ui so tn ) j
1
j
t ,
'fhis
order should lte reverserl for the nralellcs.
g+ro (Subhaplrala) will inr:rclse if in :,i (li, hcha). -{{qiTl{_
c;4 ( :\subhabhevaphala ) rvill inr.reasc onl5. in qj'{ (Neecha).
B e . e f i c s a r e g o o d i r e x a l t a t i o . , N l a l c f l r : sa r e g o o t l i n d e l r r e s s i o n .
I\falelicsare bad in v*1 (l1c1'.h',1.
'fhe
proportions given above are rvith respcct to benelrcs. In
t h e c a s e o f r n z r l e f i c sw e r l t u s t r e v e r . s e t h c r : f l e r : t s; e . O . a b e n e f i c
in eraltatio'gi'es'ery g o r r l r . s u 1 t ; ( i . e . f u l l . ) ; i n r l e l ; r e s s i < t .l l l 6
e f l e c t . A r n a l e l l c : i n i ' l - t ( N t , e rh : r ' rr ; r r s t g i v e ' j g o o d e f l e c t a n d i n
ea (Llch,:ha) I /.32good eftect. f'his rvill be founcl to hold sood
for frnance.
jIrJldr:-
n qsrr{gw*rrr; ll
q6ftqtqttqg$ufrqqrnr
"
Sq{etqimqEgrrEfUgt!|
hrrRqcr qfq qil qurdq-
qrs6rrqrcmrqiqqnqE{i( ll \q ll
Sloha 59. Accordiilg ag Mars, Mercutv, .lupiter'
Venus or Saturn possessingthc greateststrength and oc-
cupying a Kendra is in the qoB+ior (Moolatrikona),
.t-u (S*^kshetra) or srq (Swochcha),will the result'
rra (Bhadra),i'e
ing Rajayogabe namedta+ (Ruchaka),
(Hansa), croac (Malavya) or r{{t (Sasa)the beautiful'
"r',
cf tttrl4"i
qi) q qoe+q qfift: elqFqtql qt'
{nls IwFaE"tsafi'}iid'lrct qq t
qtz"ditqn: {ri'ts'lt,f}ii tq*r qqwqlll
Al so al4q,l {il t{
,qif66s rr+rt-eqt\ r+itqiqlsa
fa(ogc;l: t
*,qq iitqr eq+r."qqeQqlpqqTa6q{afiiflil:ll
GrK:{iw+ vorFm+gr'{iutftttofiml
qoeeqrrtqngqroi
1111 6gqt I
ilsrrsrFrr
gwrlt ft mftffi
onoqrc.Eird:qtiqoa
wnuladtilgql ffi gtql t{rg{Slfrql ll Ro ll
81. 61 qgfr5qnr: 416
erirqqiwi+ruqitmisfQ q'qqE*{qff r
grolqtfqdi{tiit+usqlq;qqfa-cqift
rt
The following slokas frcm qi,lsrTtiTd describing in detail
t h e y o g a s c a u s e d b y t h e l o r d s o f t h e s e v e r a l h o u s e se a c h o c c u p y i n g
a Kendra position with respect to the J;qo{ will be found to be
useful in this connectron:
sSaiqqqtq*-qq q;qdfl(
qTdA qg iih: sr{rr}qrfi{qrq:t
.f-A\
qgd(gulf,ullglqqFqlnffiI
qqfi zqfrqqJqrfiqirTqtq: ll
gfhwart ag *;qqft F{ri{aq{dlzq*{gpq: r
qrn] {iqq q\-q1t,it qqrqqTflftrg+rar{tll
Hnrftq:$;qra: +iifi frqcsqlrtqfrdis fit r
Hif;aa: erGqq] fiani g*d*al dqqflrqgr,itl
oetfqq:ft;qrn: +ilfi q.},rrfi{l;I
$o5qqrcq{I
qa{il;qrqftmqmfiqqfiq\if g dr qrd:tl
g?tftt ft;qqt q.*q: qlFqq{ITiI 1lu}rr+iirr
qdlsd .iltsfboqreFdrqtr{igr} zqfiqfhq,rr
guqrfqtgoqfiqraErt rarwfb,gr?q qq *l' 1
ulfqq.rg* agurrqgnit a\'qw* qqqrfqgr,tt
{I-qtdit trqt n}*qe}{fi;4: ql.glrf,TqrFtqn: I
qrdi fiRi *(fiq, ieil,ii ,i\qrRm,qqdrqlqftflq' rr
orqTqlt$-qt +rrtg: Fflr qJ,iiqrqt'd:T;rR: I
tflqr$, tfiir q-qg6)S6ara, nq-Sg|qgu, ll
sI. 62-6ff Gtsrttssrq: 417
ror<ifanqrfrr:gxui)QR:qnaFqq]
ilr, {tqrq}o{sfrrq}
$er' *uqo, I
tqr ;qisaqrw.e grr0fifr nqrorqt.
s
Ia6: qrq{'rlgltrght ilr q m ftrt, tt
^ a \ . \ \\
qiisrofrilrg.sFqaqar
fi;q{uro?guri
iqdi gaqRElfiqatqrrqleifrtqfie{|t
sifl aruqriill{;xq<lftFlrqlq(qt(( I
{Hv6EgqiiqnuiaiiqrdEqqjrirm{r
u qB tl
\a^
dsW: ru-dtJnrTero:gfrif
qs} flrq] *gfixrdt r-q1..1q\fl{ rr
q{nrie{wreqglTloT,ftfrqqrqR +t qdf q \w r
qqtfhseftflnrfi*tfi nsqqmfld+:fHfrqfr:
*8fr q++:tl
C/. no{ifr+r ch. 6 sloka 4.
qq qiqq qt sili qo{r{ ifawgal t
srfuqlrrrffiilgqE{rrd$'urr{rn qq tl
Sloha 66. [n such planetary conjunctions as ql*'i'r.r
(Adhi.yoga, airie slokas 113 115 infra.) the powerful
planetto which the yoga is due and which has the aspect
on itself of lesspowerful planetswill producethe effect
of the yoga in its (nr (dasa)period.
Nores.
This is a quotation from q,irq. The time when a yoga
takes effect is as describedin this sloka in the case of all yogas
except those which are effectiveall through life and the Rajayogas
where the 4{ri (dasa)and q;dt{t (Antardasa)periodsof^thelord or
the occupant of the Lagna or the l0th bhava will bring about
kingship.
cf. {{cskrd
C
il;qof.-q{wr qqq I
mqungdqr.fiE{rHi
f}qgqq{qlrqfrmcqr
n3f,taqe<rilq{nqi rl
ll rrrfiqTq+rr:ll
qrdhtlqt gt rrftrgdrgrqfbeq.ffir
r
q;(ksTuTrrilt
gFE{lIt'itTrErTKStrI
qt qpfidTrrsrf{uqqr flqr{ftr.qilt
rrr;q{aftf{qqr{Trftilfqdir!fq?iirriq rrQutr
Sloha 67. If Mercury be in the Znd bhavawith
respect to the Sun, if the Moon be in the llth with
sl. 68-69 qafr5tzlrT: 421
qrffdefiTrrr
o*6il W*'rfi GqsT
d'hrnnffi q qrwirrfrqf ir gqrqf,iifmt
n0 \ \
ilcil{rgrt{TlrtsTrsgstotrqrfiilarrr
ftg I
ilWF TTTHTruqCil gFrrTqtr-q lt s" 11
,\\\A3\
rtMq:rt
onrQftRqtt qfq qr r{(er
*qffi) q{fr qt{urfrait r
3rffiqii;gsfim.riatqi.ilr
ffiqqsil Aqor{qt n c( tr
Slohn 71. When the Moon occupying the lst or
the 7th bhava is without the benefic aspe.t cf Jupiter
upon it, the result is *rrqc'rirr (Kemadrumayoga) If the
number of dots in the [h..s occupiedby planets(aide
Adhyaya l0) be very d:ficient, theseaswellas all weak
planetsproduce the effect of hcacqlq (Kemadrumayoga).
fad+arEi'qrtat tqntgt t
irrsqiiiteru sl tl
$ahilr gqwdr{rqa$T
$1.?3-76 8qlss{rq: 423
iiWsqri(qt{iGt;*qftiqi qrsqfrrtli t
qfr aaqGell \e\ ll
qqrtfaru+qret
emgtfr-qui
Sloku 75. When the Moon seized by Rahu or
Ketu is aspectedby a malefic planet, the personborn
soon gets into poverty. When the houge representing
424 crf,lFrrrfr.ire Adh. VII.
,
by a malefic planet, the samee{fec follows. say-the
astrologers
qt qrntqgiTqwitshqraftqiftmd'r
C<ftqqq r
qhrr?qtqurrf
figin?qdq* gorr.rufg nqTqqFiTtl
Slctka'7(t, When the Moon aspectedby a l-.cnefic
p l a n e tw o r s t e di n p l a n e t a r yf i q h t i s s l i z e db y R a h u o r
Ketu in an cclipsc, the person born is indigent. The
sameis the effect when the Moon occtrniesin the aigrr
Thula the qri (Varga) owned by an ininrical sign and is
a s p e c t ebdy a d e p r e s s c od r i n i m i c a lp l l u . . t
;i +tqi?drqirRq+iqiqri'qrifui
q;ilq"qftTr;blTtiqii qfifr uiq r
n r!1. \
qqt{ KgqlTq(iq{UQq( qildlsEqr
!\' \ \ .\
qraiqrr?qiia'rlqqgd'iiaqerqiHi
tr \e\etl
S l o k u 7 7 . W h e n t h e M o o n o c c u p y i n ga K e n d r a
o r a K o n a i s i n t h e e f l V a r g a ) o f i t s d e p r e s s i o no r
i n i m i c a ls i q n a n d w h e n J u p i t e r i s i n t h e 1 2 t h , t h e ( r t h
or the tirh bhava from tlie Moon, the person born will
b e i n d i g e n t . A g a i n , i f t h e M o r ; n o c c u p y i n ga m a l e f i c
* { r ( A m s a )a n d a s p e c t e b d y a n i n i m i c a l p l a n e tb e i n a
m o v e a b l cs i g n o r i f t h e m ; r l e f i ca m s a o c c u p i e db y t h e
Moon thus aspectedbelongto a moveable sign and if
the Moon h;rvc riot the aspcct of Jupiter u1,.on it, the
p o v e r t y o f t h e p e r s o nb o r n i n t h i s y o g a w i l l b e u n p a r a l ,
leled
q;'i;qEd qrftqraie* aiqdiqrqqaqfiqrft
t
q*e{{jiErqit rmi,i' qrdrsf'{
*ugnri.rar?tt ue tt
S l o k a 7 8 . I f S a t u r na n d V e n u s o c c u p y i n gt h e V a r ,
gaso[ depressed or inimical malefic planetsbe aspected
sl. 7g-& sg*sqrq: 426
eachby the other or occupy one and the same sign, the
personborn under this yoga, though of a princely family
will experiencethe effectsof hcqq+rrt(Kemadrumayoga).
qi qrqgi g qTqqqtqTqiqr+
{r frftr
'frtin ffitiki rr(qa*qafr.t qi( t
rrrqqnqfiibt oS diqh*s.t ileTI
q* ftqgi fttrr $rtfr sililaT*qur ll \eqll
Stoha 79. When the Moon in conjunction with a
malefic planet and occupyingat night a malefichouseor
maleficNavamsa, is aspected by the lord of the 10th
bhava and is void of strength, the result is +ffacch
(Kenadrumayoga). Again *h.n the Moon in' the
depressionNavamsais associatedwith a planet in the
eo (Khala) state (aide Adhyaya 2, slohas16-18) and
aspectedby the lord of the 9th bhava, there is the yoga
*cqc (Kemadruma). Thirdly when the Moon is on
the'waneand occupiesthe depressionsign, the person
born at night has to experiencethe effect of *rTrcfrrr
(Kemadrumayoga).
11ftqffiqffiq:
\3
ll
ft{ndt t-aqt Uqjqrqiifht tq qt'taqi.tt
gqftqi in gqqqir* qtii*i tq qfiaqinrll do ll
Slolc 80. There is no yoga producing poverty
when the Moon or Venus occupyinga Kendra is aspect'
eclby Jupiter. Again when rl," Moon associatedwith
a benefic planet or belwe:entwo benefic planets is
aspectedby Jupiter, the qilari'ru (Daridrayoga) does not
exict.
64
426 q{dtqrRulil Adh. vil.
qfsftiqriqqgwlai{rqa{
GfiEi{fqR qfteaqriqdiqrt
xd a* g'{gt Gii gqqri
di+ihifiqqt q qiqiin:ri dq tl
S / o l r r r8 1 . I f t h e M o u n o c c u p y i r r gt h c N a v a m s ao f
a s i g n o f a v e r y f r i e n d l y p l a n e t o r o f i t s e x r r l t a t i o nr r r t r
( R a s i )a n d i s a s p e c t c db y J u p i t e r , t h e p e r s o nb o r n w i l l
bc exempt frorn poverty. Again, wiren tha full Moon
occupiesthc Lagrrain conjunction'with a benefic planet,
or when the Moon occupying thc 1r.lth bhavais in its
exaltationand aspectcdby Jupiter,the personborn will
not be poor-
\ \ \ . A ^
q5 q;qqlTlg qq qdTEtffdq( |
nqqsqeu ug: 11
*wgnfr.+r,ilqr,
See also the follorving sloka frorn {t(I{dl'
suqnQqqe*flqqqrotqqft:
rrqirIQfiqTi{qqH q{: qtd l,
.\ \ \
norgqgu-q qq ifiTTgql?q
qqfi qgqql'I:nli+i\ fqilf{: tt
T h e r e a r e 3 l v a r i e t i e so f S u n a p h a ,3 1 o f A n a p h aa n d 1 8 0 o f
Dhurudhara. c/. gnmr
gnwqs,itqri+frnaqFafi t
qRftilnq.tt
olt goi daqqfrsr
'fhe
Tal<e for exanrple the Sunapha yoga. second hottse from
the l\loon nriry contain one, t w o , t h r c e , f o u r o r a l l the fir'e planets
l o i e . \ T a r s , M e r c u r y , l u p i t e r , V e n u s a n d - S a t u r r t ) . _T h i s w i l l b e i n
5 , 1 0 ,1 0 , 5 a n d I o r 3 l r v a r s - f C + ' b + b + c + c l . S i m i l a r l y
I J ;i l. ;
with tlre Anapha yoga
Norv take the case of a Strnapha yoga where the srcond house
from tht: Moon is occupied by only one planet' In order to make
lhis a Dhurudlttro yog;r tlre l2th house from tlre Moon rnay con-
tain one, trvo, three or f,.,ur planets. This can be in 4f 6+4+l
1.l.l.t
[C+C+C*C] or 15 ways. So, for one Sunapha yoga where the
l23t
2nd house is occupied by one planet, there are l5 varieties of
4gZ qtwrfrcrt Adh.VII.
NorBs.
The prhciple here is that planets in the Znd (from the Moon)
give rise to accumulation of wealth and planets in the l?th (from
the Moon) give rise to enjoyrnent without c:rring for accumulation'
The position of planets is with respect to Rasi positions instead of
bhavas.
cf . gctld(
d A . - a. .\a{ c c
gnEtndflqcfl1ql{rtaqKgtqitlqilfirr{qqgq" gtr ? I
q16lrq. ll
Zqfigqq{'i qlfid qlfngo qqqfA gnstoltqerEq'
ftqqnleqgilfigih{r: qf\n+tfHtqqu0i}qq:
t
fiqoqitega\fiqq<,iTfiqqqi nqiEqqrqq:ll
tRqElrilTtgtnil{ tFftnEila 3
srqli?{fr gtg{r${Ef grIFTlI
*urt ribagsfiq(qiqfttulr
a9
dsqtl q6tq {qilt qqqnnl ll c\ ll
Sl".fta 85. Taking fteely to the joys of life as they
crop up and blessedwith abundanceof wealth and vehi'
cles. the person born under the gtgtr (Dhurudhura)
yogais bounti{uland waited uponby faithful attendants.
But thoseborn under the *q{c (Kemadruma)yoga,though
they may be of a princ*:ly dce, become obecure,miser'
able,given to baseways, peuurious,drudgingas menials
and wickedly inclined.
Norss
Personsborn under 5+,3tt(Durudhura) yoga earn (becauseof
planets in the 2nd) and at tlte sarnetime enjoy or spend(becauseof
planets in the l2th). In the case of trrqq (Kemadruma), the
yoga should be predicted only rf, as stated above, there are no pla'
nets in any of the Lagna Kendras or with the Moon in any one
Lagna Kendra.
lJotFfi'(:-
gRsRqe,r
qtiqqrogRggtmuagEE+lfr
66
tr,:-._*^- rrurwf{ile Adh. VII
fifrv<).rgd-
i'q: so) dtrBrqgfil' qrfiqag,Fqdgq(r
I
mrclgqe'$fi610'*qaqq]zqirqlsR rr
Also utqlq-di
qFgftfqmqgfr'
rftn' gfii;qi
q rnoaq$,.qqqqRa,ilq,it.itr
{il ggrqqq,itqq<zrqtq'
Fdf,TFgegqtqqitsReq, tt
iil;f,tasT(rJ$qgBRl+
qtftaag:qrrqtoqqt$a,
I
iuq: o, gtooldqta{fi:
*gi qqfi qrftiqrrqlsflrr
|| s.-qrEqagdgrqrirrr:
||
ffi qr{t gftrqfi:t
wit{ qwfrao-ei
wrftnqqr{qilfr ffffffTrrt gt tt uq tl
S/ofra86, The person at whosc lrirth Mars is in
the Znd bhavafr im the Moon rvill become;r king a'd
in that capacity he will trefiercc, crue!, hypocritical,
stroltg minded,wealthy, v;rliantai:d irritable.
N<lt'rrs.
V a r a i r a r n i h i r a t l o t - - s, o t < l i l ] e r e . t i a t c t h c r . 1 1 e r ; t . ft l r e p l a n e t s
b y t h e i r p o s i t i o . s i r r t h e r l r r r lo r i . t l r e I l t r r I r o , . c s o f a r a s t h e
y o g a s n t e n t i t - r n e di u s l o l i l s \ / j . I 0 5 ; r r c c : r - r r r r . e r n e dI. I e a t t r i b u t e s
the efiects to the yrlarrcts clLusi.g the loga without referenceto
t h e i r L r e i n gi n t h e 2 n d o r t l r c I _ l t h h c . r u s c
cf. {{GikTd
scfllFqilqq;1q rQHql-qQlq :
nlq' qg' gqq+ f-rgq:morgt
sl. g7-90 qF{frstqrq:
fiilsdvigortrqzqq{qda
aft W.$gq-ifrq,i}q,}$rrr
nfiqrqR.ailqfrurdlaqq)agnr{orilrr:n
tq{nq{-dfrootrr g{fuEr{|
${dt frcqrqq{f q;nr?rqi St u crgtl
Sl,:.kr 8'1. ('onversantwith vedic orJinances,
fine
arts and rnusic,well.shaped, highly intelligent,of ,gree.
able speechand pious will the p.rron be at
whos" iirrh
Mercury occupiesthc Znd hous. from the ]r4oon.
t{iiqri\sr rytqr{w.gdits{qf I
ilqgqqrqt q q;qrftvqi gt ff dc tl
S/ofrl 88. The person born in the gml (Sunapha)
with Jupiter in the 2nJ house from the Moon'"*..r,
in
e\rery branch of knowledge, is prospcrous,
has a good
family, gets into the gooCgraces of his
sovereign-and
becomeslordly and famous.
ct-rqqiqrteqdqrqrgRwq I
qgeq-{rdt{rqfil ftfr qo(n$gqi ft aq
11
Slolo 89. In the gaml($unapha) in
which Venue
occupiesthc Znd housefrom the Moon, the person
born
will be valiant, mlrried, wc.rlchy,possessed
of agricul,
tural lands,engagedin worlr, with much propert|,
rich
in cattleand horses (<1u,rdrupedland *iit ti,r" in'regal
splendour.
gurqRr{rtt:tfW qr*R gqhI
ftgonu{il{g qFils{i {rfi 1 3o rf
Sloka g-. When Saturn is in ,the
2nd bhava in
respectto the Moon, the personborn
will get the esteem
|Irfcri?{lt0 Adh.vrr.
of all people in towns and villages,and will be wealthy,
talentedand versedin every kind of business.
llfll
qrfr Tuil.gdffirfr gsqirsrqgl I
uttl s6961*1 sil il qq tl
e{r=r.{K;Fmt
Sloka 91. When Mars occupies the 12th house
from the Moon, the personborn will be arrogant,eager
for war, wrathful hold, at the head of a band of
marauders,rescluteand of an alluring presence.
qr.q{teqqgn{qfr{ur Gaqrqt
q{d {rGTr[Fs
qtiFqralqtr gt il ql tl
Sloka 92. When Mercury occupiestbe 12th bha.
va from the Moon, the person born will be capableof
discoursing cleverly on musicand drawing, learned,
eloquent, handsome, of great renown and held in
venerationby kings
ilqqyfisRlqrqtqrrfr{gpmr*nqt
gftt vrar{Gri arq ffirqilErrt gt n ql tl
Sloka 93. The personat whose birth
Jupiter is in
the 12th bhavain respecrto the Moon will be highly
honoured by kings, very intelligent, endued *itt
earnestneEs and energy.upright and poasessed
of a great
deal of statusand wealth.
g*frqquq{r qErftqqEqgEif I
lt qB tl
$TrrFqrft6qqrq:;sQtlT.ri,:r,fr
Sloka 94. A charmerof young women, owning
numerous cattleand similar possessions,highly intel,
ligent, rich in money and grain, will the person be at
sI. 96-98 aE*ssqg3 487
ll gautirt: tl
sRRqErEl
g'rrEr{frSE}sftrra1
gorit
wqi gqruntruq;idrrqnq.qtn qE tt
'Ihe
Bloha 96. person ar whose birrh the Moon
is between Mercury and Mars is untruthful though
possessed of merits,clever but very dt:praved,censcrious
and avaricious,and addicted to unchastewomen paEt
their prime.
q*fi}lTNr rrdrqlfrg{iiearr
q.Ti gqqt{in n qe tl
lru{ft-Eq;t
Slohu 97. When rhe Moon is betwixt Mars and
Jupiter, the personborn will be a renownedindividual,
owing his fortune to his own mighty exertion,but
harassed by foes. The moral tone of his house,hold
would wholly be due to his powerful example.
aqrqruftgrtqt nt Esl ffiwqftwR t
rqrfiftol qfiilffi rl$qt $qgnfrl ll qz ll
Sloha 98. If at a person'sbirth, the Moon be
between Mars and Venus, he will be athletic, handsome,
qrilTqrftcre Adh. VIL
tnrrtqtqilsFq] aftRqprmFmrr
Rrtgqnliifr q-i q'ffiqtqt tt t "R tl
Sloho 101. When the Moon isbetweenSaturnand
Mercury, cl'reperson bcrn may have to go from one
country to another ; he will be revered, have moderate
learning and wealth but evince great aversion to his
kith and kin.
sl. 103-106 cFc}surnt: 499
swqrqgoraqii$rdqaqur I
mt uidqxi ftartii{gitt;(ill t.\ ll
Slohu 105. If at a birth, tlre Moon be between
Venue and Saturn in a gtgrtqin (Dhurudhura yoga), the
pereonborn will be an important pcrsonagein a tribe
weddedto ancient customs and the lord of a band of
worthless females; he will have much wealth and enjoy
royal favour.
dqqfteqqqiqqis q{
iiqii qg-s( I
ns)fr snfirqgqi
eirrs qI iiqgQradgqs
ngnta qqqfh q{Rflan ll loQ ll
Sloha 106. The whole effect of any yoga ouchas
haebeendescribedis invariably realisedby the perEon
born under the yoga, when the yoga'maLing planeto
440 {nifqrTrt! Adh. VII.
s{g'lsgg,iisf6zelf.n.ift aagagdTs;<nrs;liqq.
II
That is, for persons born in the day tirne, the Moon in any of
the 6rst 6 housesis auspiciousand in any of tlre other C housesis
inauspicious. The rever:;e eflect is to be understood in the case
o f p e r s o n sb o r n i n t h e n i g h t t i r n e .
il eTer
ffiermrr: tl
qEuqrT(ffarig(trcfgtRnI
t
karq;qqa]oqrqirrrqrse{R(stt I oc tl
Slofur108. If Jupiter occupying the 6th or the 8th
bhava from the Moon be else.wherethan in the Kendra
in respect to the Lagna, the resulting yoga is termed
r*z (Sakata).
Sl. 100-110 s(*srqrq: 441
Norrs.
Cl. qid-dfq-dr
" frqnetRsttrrRrfrG{tz: *q+ ilfuerr("
But Parasara says
rt oarcdFt {{,e: flq*:
"
If all the planets be in the lst and the 7th bhavas, the result-
ing yoga is called {+,a (Sakata). Atso s(lEfrR( (Varahamihira) rn
his EqqqfA*(Brihat Jataka) ch. 12, Sl. 3 gives the following defii-
nition of -<r+a(Sakata) identical with Parasara's:
'r Fqt5 il'fieq."
The {trnaqiq (Sakata yoga) mentioned in sloka 168 infra is
difterent from this. The yoga referred to in tlris sloka is devoid of
its bad effectsif Jupiter, while being in the 6th or the 8th house
from the Moon, is in a J(endrafronr the Lagna'
,,
cattle if in the aigria (()opuramsa);and dominion if in
the fttrscir (Simhasanamsa, uide Adhyaya1, St.45,46).
eftT{nfr+rr:
qqiTfi gr;Tt*n ft dd
sTrr
{ri{fr fiqqfta-il?*tg'rrfrr
sTfrihftrq q"i qrftimin* qr
Sedtaet fiqqrt qr( g(fi q ft t t1 tl
Sloha llZ. According as the Moon occupies
a
Kendra, a Panaparaor an Apoklima in respect
to the
Sun, will the moral training, the wealtlr, theinowledge
and the intellectual precisionof the person born,
be tf,e
lowest, middling or irighest. If th; Moon
be in ite
own Navamsaor in thartof a very friendly
planet and
$1.112 tKdssqr{r: 44.3
*qR qftaiaqarflqqilai*t;r
0n.^4.\C
: qges"iqqsqFq :I
uqlEfrdtqufaairqficr,ilirqrir ranrqqnrqtl
qFlsrI
iqii {Ffr vrfiieenfifi{ft"rirFrfir,{:
dgil]Sfr{,{: n C lat{ e* fiqr iegiTfaiqn
T h c s l c , k a i n t h e t e x t c a r rA l . r , l r e a r t l r r f n l l , , $ i n s t w o i n t e r -
pretations:-
(l) If the birth be in tla1, tinre anri thc N{oon be aspected
by Jupiter, the person becornes rvealtbl'. lf the birth be at night
444 ltrnqtftqrt Adh.vrr.
time and the Moon be aspected by Venus, the person born becomes
happy. If the Moon be in his own Navarnsa and aspected by
Jupiter, the native will be wealthy. If the Moon should be in the
Navamsa of a very friendly planet and aspectedby Venus, then
the person born wiil be happy.
(2) Wtteth"r the birth be at night or day, if the Moon be
aspectedby Jupiter and Venus together, the native is sure to be
rich and happy. The amount of wealth will be in a less degree
if the Moon at birth be in his own or in a friend's Navamsa and
be aspected by Jupiter. In the same qr'aythe happinesswill be
slightly less if at birth the Moon being in his own or in a friend's
Navamsa be aspectedby Venus.
cf, wfl{d
C\ n \ a
(qra.drfqrrdTfq{rfi(; q?qqEqUqgRI
Sql.mlq qq$lgqf+rrqfaqqiq rr
qqf*q,
st tr qrrRitqh{fil,irrrFdr
afurqtrftEltftqruffq I
wqfr{ftrqfrrrEre{{T{q
*qrgqTftqnir{qqrq qtil! n ttl tl
S/olu 113. With the benefic planets occupying
the 6th, the 7ch and the 8th houses from the Moon
there results what is called the Moon's aTffi{r (Adhi,
yoga) wherein takes place the birth of a commander
(PoliceSuperintendentor head), a minister or a ruler
(of a district or Province). Those rhat are born in the
Moon's w&e'lrr(Adhiyoga) are ar the height of prosperity
and pleasure, overcometheir foesand live a long life,
being exempt from diseasesand dangers.
NorBs.
The yoga,will be lowered a little in effect if he Sun should
sl. 113 a8*silqr{: 446
enfrqlrrif,(qft:gqqfriit{qft il
st, 116-117 .RFTIISInIFT: 447
qodtrrrl t
o{ri\fTt Tgtrrq{iliRqrftCieq
gaqK frqrqF* qtkrrro'i* qrfriqrguniarrqq tl
Sloha 115. The person born in the qnrRrira(Lag,
nadhiyoga)will producemany scientific works, posses$
philosophical training, hold a chief command in the
army, will be unsophisticatedand generous,cnjoying
the eminent advantages which f.rme and fortunc give in
the world.
Norris'
cl. qaqtitr
srtGqlqqrfrq-ft snqrqfAdilerql r
qgql{qlfiqf,tir.ii'lfgdtiqlr{3rtut:
||
For the o:rrt?.ilq (I-agnaclhiyoga)th: followirrg efiects are
given in et(fqol-
orTlrqBq{rei q& dlqr:qddghfhnr:
q;{tqusqfd:f*hrftqfi: dqi {qai rfh: r
qlqlgieqfititqoq,ilerrfBqlitqqo.
fl;dtd rTqnrfstrqfifliiqra' 9{rr. *laq,{e tl
Ir rrq+q{tiiTT:tl
*-nffi i+gtr {rgq *qruqlg{qqqiifrr
et thtd'(gtr qr{rTq
f,rqre{iiriq*qfiaTr(1 ttE tl
S l c h u .1 i 6 . W h e n J u p i r e r o c c u p i e sa k e n d r af r o m
the Moon, the yoga produccd is calledqw.ie(t (()ajake_
sari). Again if the Moon bc aspectedby planets,
Venus, Jupiter and Mercury without being depressed
or obscured by the Sun, thc yoga produced is rrsr+s0
(Gajakesari).
rrffi{'qradqd s;rsFqEr{ |
t*il{t gqffi uqi'{qfit q+{,rr I le tl
-::""""","""""""
il stTt*rTr ll
qq wqaqt uRrosqffiaI qR q s{iir tqr t
eq Eitfi{qotufr lt}qrg,iltilqfttnuqdq(ll I ld ll
Stoka118.If at the birth of any person,a benefic
planetbe in the 10thhousereckonedfrom the Moon or
ih" Lrgn", the fameof that personwill remainunclouded
in theiountry and his prosperity will be unfailingtill
the end of his life.
oflil qqlr.{rerqqft glTdgi t
ffiqqqor ilq {tffu;qerdl ll ttq ll
Sloha lL9. When the 10th bhava from the rising
sign or the Moon is occupied by a benefic planet, the
yoga is styled uror (Amala - spotless) and the fame of
the pereon born in the yoga lasts' as long as the Moon
and stars endure,
tf. q,-dt-{iq-dt
q;4la,#;qqol6q:
Ut{ifrtilfierrefr tt
ru5"fr qanlt{rtilil $lfqafqlt t
qM gq{taqorQqdqqlll tl" ll
st. 121-122 qn*sqrq: 44s
tfr gqrusiligon{Elil
iiqffiqqriiqorar I
qmrFqiqit fiiurrfrtftqdt
urqrgt qwfqfrEdFtlfan( ll 111ll
Stohu 123. The person whose birth takesplacein
a ifu.iirr (Vesiyoga) wich a beneficplanet is intelligent,
liberal,delightingin scientific pursuits, and possessed
of com{ort, wealth, fame and strength ; but the man
born in a iis'irrl (Vesiyoga) with a malefic planet will
be very stupid,afflictedwith lust, delighting in murder,
and ugly,facedand he may haveto go into exile.
drqrF*il{qqfirrqil qiqr
nwl?ergu{ioqtt$ifilt I
qrqrtlhrqqqtqit qrquen
rinritwum{rcr
trt ll tqu ll
Sloha 12.1.Those that have their birth in the
srrqq?qt{r (Ubhayachariyoga)produced by benefic pla,
nets are princely individualspossessed ol corresponding
wealth and comforts and beloved for their amiability
and compassiorrate lratrrrc. But those that are born in
the slrqqfi lUbliayachari) with malignant planetsare
w i c k e d ,a f f i i c t e dw i t h d i s r a s c s ,c n g a g e d
i n s , : r v i c ef o r
other pe,:lple aud irr indirgcntcircumstances,
cl. slnati:l
onaifhfi+na-qqiqaifrr
qui6a r
eqqRqiiqattqqqit qtqil qirtt:ll
r=e.'rfifgarariiqrqi ffgr.qi-I Tfiqrt r
3{rq;qrjEaq+;ilqn : errifh'irisfR+ttt
"Eeiaqaqrf-+r
qrqqfafir..ryrfr.i qIfr |
sl. 126 egdtstqrq: 161
qft\,i*Q{u&: s{fuqq; 11
gt+t ilfr qqT{qtgqFi} q\=a{Ra,sR t
fislesr{tErrft+t wd: qrifqqqhrqrr
Also {rlit(
|fbar.s'fr
itinq\Aft' nnr*fiat,
,rriir(qrtciqq?ft ,ilq, rfi, qnri, r
f*&aaqigtq fiqq) fiq qrarzdl
eot m:mtiira gqqrifRqJ'ilqq, tr
fRilafd:qlqgslgur{lqeilsstfri+r'ilsesar
EIfi qorsrfq{rdltt
qR o* <lraEI i ftr,itw.qqz,raqJ
qs qmqq fteilqqqitq]qqtFsqq:
qlss< sqqrqqtqftnErqeil qirgqlr: I
;trF!*r:qqorcotsFqdnqtgs:fle: REr
ure'l fhrqns: fl{aRn{ g(, Fqfd: tl
Also qo-dik+r
ffi -g arlfharrgqqqqhFqrc R'qitrq-
rqnti, ufiq: g\: egrgld el{sflr:F4I:I
stqrdq'r#fi'gxat w\equlr6{i
aatknlt, g\oq gq'ii q.i,iiq qrqfhi'tt
gg,t grdq'l ieiii gaqrfiq(t
$: n{rine ii{ fAqfiaur6Q, 11
ll eIEgrrffi 11
girrgqrd qfr q-rot gilgiilFfr qEffi(rft{ t
aurqsilnqtf*onq vnrcrdruq'ftsdtq p11q1 1g
Sloha 115.Accordirrg a st h e r i s i n g s i g ni d o c c u p i e d
by benefic or maleficplanets, the yogas producedare
llt;tllfrltt Adh.vrr.
termed gH (Subha) and cglr (Asubha) respectively.
When the 12th and the 2nd bhavaefrom the Lagna are
occupiedby malefic or benefic planete, the yogaEare
called qrqo-dR
(Papakarthari)and *'$t.*d'ft (Soumyakarrha-
ri) respectively.
gq+{rq* ilrqt uqdrugurrF{ilr
I
nqq],ifr{s{rqt qrqsqiqtrtv{ tf tRqtl
Sloka 126. The peroon born in the grrala (Subha
yoga) is eloquent,handsome,amiable and worthy while
the one born in the wgvfrrr (Asubha yoga) is lustful,
wicked and feeding on what is not his own but
another's.
ll qmq3 11
*sig *-rqfig uqdt*
{ksqqrg{gi qft qier ail( |
on-tryftqR qnqGtnqtft
inifhfr ,rrit q{eqnqiqrn tRd ll
Slolc 128. If benefic planets be in Kendra houses
and if the 6th and the Sth bhavasbe either unoccupied
or occupied by benefic planets, the resulting yoga is
cda (Parvatha). Again, if the lords of the Lagnaahd
the 12th bhav.rsbe in Kendra positions with respectto
eachother and aspectedby friends,there is the c{e*rr
(Parvatha yoga).
cf. q{4
lt{t<T:qT ef;qr $QiEqtqi:t
art<hgrotrTt:
n qia ftk qorfqtrqiq{tqdtqiqsqtqq}t tr
Also 3rddtail
eqgtofi;nivi gt r
e<wta#fQg*
q: +faarqqa]'ir,ils,iqidi arfi tt
qprrrf:in!q+a,ilTrqrfiiiqrRffttds r(ttrt I
qrql qwtq.{kfhirfli'q'iqqtd gFIIqsf qr{ ll lR\ rt
Sloka 129. The person who has his birth in the
c,iafrrr (Parvatha yoga) will be prosperous, engagedin
literary pursuits,Iiberal,libidinous and fond of sporting
with women not his own, full of energy, famous and at
the head of a city.
454 {Rrr\IIFile Adh.vrr.
cf . sril*rtrr
e
q{Grrq
\\
qril\ \ a0^
ognftqruqqftftqailfhqruelaelgqfd*qqqeqFq: I
,i)tr' q +,rqoqfi qfia: tr
sfgrotr&,gqfa,qsa, &q.lr,+Eoa}zqrqr I
qrfbqrq]rr,
qR qtta
o{rG{rHUErrI
qrd'rqaiqftrim.rerarjrrss
I
RqGqtfritqrtr iiuqfhgini
*{itrsqgorqR ilqri{t rt t 11 tr
Sloka 132. If the 7 planetsbe in ? housesfrom the
Lagna,the personborn in the yoga is a king in command
of many elephantsand horses. If the rror (N1ala-the
wrt-athof planecs)be from the 2nd bhava, the person
b o r t t i n t h i s 2 n d y o g aw i l l b e a k i n g o w n i n g h o a r d so f
'q7calth, dutifully reverenutowards parents, resolute,of
stern aspectand possesscd of eminent virtues.
qrfr qErlirqqdbuni
qqr uil qiiqq r'irrit
gffirr tegcrrrnw-
q)riiqrrEnqtq{tq:u 111tl
S l o k u 1 3 3 . I f t h e q r f b + t( M a l i k a ) c o m m e n c ef r o m
the 3rd bhava,the personborn in it will be heroic and
wealthy but sickly. If the starting point of the qrfuEr
(Malika) be the 4th L,hava, the personwho has his birth
therein will be a very liberal sovereign enjoying the
good fortune due to his governing many countries.
qfr qriOqrarqft&Erar{r
gTIEn {ifitqt{
qrp qErIEqafiaag<+qm]E{til {}q. I
458 Crurtilftqlt Adh. vII.
*-q*iqqgfi,iRqIS' tt
{Iqr qFr,i}} egarafiilqiqsrqfif,d:l!
n+mq:ll
qr;drqqrar{lg frq{tg
sqrGft{dgdqfr tRrirqrt
\.\\A\
fi,T trdr gtgill RT(IolTilt|lr
lTIr}Eiqsgt g afu {r={q.ll t8" ll
S / . 4 r 1 . 1 0 .W h e n t h e r ea r c p l a n e t si n t h e Z n d , t h e
l 2 t h , t i r e l s c a n J t h e ? t h b h a v . r sa n d w h e n t h e l c r d o f
tlre lCtir bhava is strong, the ycga is lffr (Bheri)'
\X/her-rVenr:s and the lord of the lst bhava occupy
K e n d r a p o s i t i o n s i n r e s p t c tt o J r r p i t e ra n d w h e n t h e
lord of the t)th bhava is strong, the eameyoga shouldbe
s a i dt o e x i s t .
dqtgfrfiqairqqqrfr;il
qariqfigrcRgdlr{itrfl! |
3rrqRqiigedi{ qrgq
rqr
\itqilnqgsil iigoTltgdtfll ll tgt ll
Sloku t4l, Those that are born iu the lft (Bheri
460 qrilFqft{re Adh.vn.
yoga)are lordly men, of gord birth, long-lived,exempt
from diseasesand danger, poss:ssed of much wealth,
lands,sonsand wives, of greatrenown, enjoying much
happinesson accountof their virtuous lives, eminently
heroic and of grcat experiencein the affrirs of the world.
TtaGFTrrts
qRqffii
sqqftrrdrft
{6rd t
Csfqfrqrrqaiq.ri
o{riqt qogfe ffifrqr
qrq, ll tBl ll
$e,qrq6qzTgarr{T{r{il
S / . f r a 1 4 2 . l f t h e l o r d o f t h c N a v a m s aw h i c h a
planecin its exaltationoccupiesbc in a Kona or Kendra
position; if the occupant of the Kona or Kendraposi,
tion in qucstionbe in its exaltation or own houseaod
have abundrnceof strengrh and if the lord of the Lagna
be powerful at the sametime; the yoga producedis Ts
(Mrudanga)and confers on the personborn nobility of
mien and fame suchas it is the good fortune of sove,
r e i g n st o l r a v e .
n\
|fpffitffig
ilt,rt st.rt qG sqftti {Fqqdgtq I
*qrqfrq: Uqqgffii qtr];R! {rfitrir Tqrosutultl
S/oArr143. When thc lord of the Tth bhava is in
the ltlth bhavaand when the lord of the 10rh is in rhe
exaltationsi n and also in conjunctionwith the lord of
the 9th, the auspiciousy,ogacalled "frqrq(Srinatha lord
'fhe
of Fcrrtur.e)is produced. personborn therein will
be like Indra, the king of the celestials.
sl. 144-146 sglrsqtq: 461
But seeq-dfr{t
e,firfi ,{fiqlFsttlfitl: trrqRdq rfatnr,
elqqaigee{rgqq11; ff5o-5frtt q}a t
aaqrfiq{rqaslfldatralqtq,ittl<'{Ill
tfr qrt gtfrft qrgftgoi\qruqqr :
gTf$n
g*'lf,qarrsia:I
nmqrf*.ilqqqqfr{r
dqsffi+ qgai(n: Hcgr(Rlfiqd:
dei qqafqfrsfrgxtr:
frrrqfrtill<q'il
\
{TlTfl{Istr
.irqrrnqtetr gil{i {qlft\ ff[t
*F(e frFnrqhftq.rutsftritqilhi t
q;ffi*rurqtgr'flgfr fr.qffiil o*
ort qrqfr i{qfurq gqFr;dnild{$rll tue ll
Sloha 144. When the lord of the 10th hhava is in
tlre 5th, when Mercury is in a Kendra ; when the Sun
is in its own sign and exceedinglypowerful ; when
Jupiter is in a Kona in respect to the Mocn and when
Mars occupiesa Trikona position with regardto Mer'
cury; the resultingyoga is callednrrqr(Sarada).When
Iupiter is in the t lth bhrva from Mercury and other
conditions metttiottedbefore obtain, the sameyoga is
saidto exist.
digru;ggt*sqgq$il
qti?rr Wq*$fE{fr'r I
ftqTffiflfutoe trqorar
crrili eqliftrdruft urrqrrettt t8\ ll
Sloka 143. Those that are born in the mrqrfrrt
(Saradayoga) take particular care of their wi'ree, their
462 ctf,iqtR'rfld Adh. vII.
ureq+q:
ardrrmqri qet qEgiI
qgqd,rrt qrt frqlst IR<I{f,6fll qBEll
S l o k a 1 4 6 .W h e n a m a l e f i cp l a o e t i s i n t h e 9 t h
bhava from the Lagna,when the 5th bhava is occupred
by beneficas welt as malefic planets, and when the
egce (Chathurasra)i.c, the 4th, or the 8th bhava from
the Lagnahasa malefic planet, the yoqa is termed rtiel
(Mathsya).
i6'ro{s Wunft;gdor*IlEo$q{R
I
qrfti{qraqqiq qiqqirr{T!ffi3ll lue ll
Sloha 147. The personborn in the qit'{ (Mathsya)
yoga will be an astrologer: he will be very compas'
s i o n a t e; h e w i l l h a v e v i r t u e , i n t e l l i g e n c e ,s t r e n g t h ,
b e a u t y ,f a m e ,l e a r n i n ga n d r e l i g i o u sm c r i r ,
c\
ETTqtq,
sarr$Titgigfrrqr:essfizt{rsdtqril |
itr'rq{qr qft t&frrrrllqBcll
qffwrrricwrrt"qfrrqr
S l - t a 1 a S . I f t l : e b e n eifc a m o n g t h e p l a n e t sb e i n
t h e ? t h , t h e : t h a n d t h e 6 t h b h a v a s a n d t h e m a l e l i ci r r
t h e 3 r d ,t h e 1 l t h a n d t h e l s t b h a v a s ; a n d i f t h e A m s a s
or Rasisoccupiedby the planetsbe invariably those oi
sl. 149-l5r Eqrss{rr{t: 46tf
qqlr*rr'
qp+t qqqrr& q*t ilq{ffirt I
olt *-.n** RtReru l\" tl
"f,irn
Sloha 150. When the lords ol the 9th and the Znd
bhavasare respectively in the 2nd and the 9th bhavac
and when the lord of the lst bhava is in a Kendra or a
Kona, the yoga called wg (Khadga.)is produced.
iqrtt{ rqfi ft*orrqatqgfr -
glilnrqqu{i{gtqr$ilr t
frftutrq ft-dqidqilgwqts
Gr l qEFqSeqtgrrorrE(ilr l q\q tl
S l o k u l 5 l . M e n b o r n i n t h e t q s { l K h a d g a )y o g a
devotethemselvesto the study of the Vedas,the Science
o f p o l i t y a n d a l l t r a d i t i o n s ,t o t h e a s c e r t a i n m e ror fr t h e
t r u t h s c o n t a i n e dt h c r e i na s w e l l a s t h e i r a p p l i c . r t i o n
to
practice, and to the maintenance of their ratrk,power,
dignity and happinees. They are free from envy or
1A ctf,tqrnqte Adh. vil.
n tht" too'"*"
"'J
prowess; they are cleverand gratefully rememberthe
kindnesseedoneto them.
Notes.
F-flt!fl:is another reading in the fourth quarter of the sloka;
wbich means their orders are readily obeyed.
ll alqfi+qr ll
t-Kqaftfiurt qpi't qdrqt t
q.rdq oqqtfrq{dRerll t\Rll
onTfEt
Stoka 152. When the lord of the 9th bhava is in a
Kendra identical with the planec'sMoolatrikona and
when the lord of the Lagna occupieothe exaltation sign
and is poeseseedof abundant strength, the resulting
yoga is declaredto be oqCl'ih (Lakshmi yoga).
gqrffi qgiqqrfrflqntffifttatwf I
mltr,etqrur* wdffi qgqngrs n t\l tl
Sloka 153. The pcrson born in the qqc?sirl(Laksh'
mi yoga will be a king of kings amiable for his many
virtueE,ruling over many lands,widely krtown for his
learning, lovely as cupid, bowed to by kings from the
farthest regions of the earth and having numerous wives
and sons.
Notgs.
This yoga and its effect is thus described in qiriifQ-{I'
q+i qG arq+oafigiiqrrqtgtgtil w'qrrq: I
frei qqq{ifdqTqftdqlffi'ft'Efr
tqd F{i;ft( g{,flfr qilffiqmErsrr: I
Aerrifr*qTqqrfrtrwr<irrrarF,ral
elqrq-q{i} q0qfr{i} qKTq atdtrn: P
sl. 154-166 cS*sglc: {05
cf. qrrarttr
qrqJq{t};} rrruartgtftt r
CInfrtqordq eqfifr{ $Ra: rr
q.iinqntgli ,rrrt afut Uqqtr
sqqt qdlwt er{iq}qqfrfic:tt
It SgqQPr 11
ftrcdilu,fr*t ii*aFd sffi r
qFTqHrri
irt Afts{ sg{ruiq rrt\B tl
Sloka 154. When Venus occupiesa Kendra rcpte.
eentedby an immoveable sign, and the Moon in a
Trikona position is other than beneficand when Saturn
holds a place in the 10th bhava, the resulting yoga io
g,gu (Kusuma).
tgtftMq,
iadq qeqfi gqgrstiq( |
\\ \ c \ \
q* qdqi qrqlEfrqr w( ( sorfdfn ll t\c tl
Sloka l5li. When Jupiter occupying the 2nd or
the 5th bhava is aspcctedby or in conjunction with
Mercury andVcnus or is in a house owned by (either
of) them,the yoga is calledqrsrfrFr(Kalanidihi).
frfroft rrqfrqrqnq
s{rf,T{rfr
wsolfFidqrcqr{rq{rto
II
teRgsoqs:q+**q{Ri
{rs{irUoqmql
aftatPqiq*rr n tql tl
Sloha 163. The person who has his birth in the
rttrru (Hariharabrahma) yoga will be thoroughly
conversantwith the entire body of sacredlore, truthful
in his speech, possessed of every comfort, of pleasing
addresa,gallant,victorious over his foes, beneficentto
every living creature and virtuous.
ll ;ilrffitffipr: tl
qiqq t
Eug*{daoqril {rcTtt{r{q.nrsrrK
**t qE(fr4*eflq{{fi ni\fi qrrrrtqn tqq tl
Sloka 166 rq (R.ajju), IIa' (Musala) and i-o,(Nah)
are the three wx+ (Asraya) yogas declared to arise by
Satyacharyawhen the planets are exclusively in the
moveable,the immoveable and tlie dual signs respec,
tively. eq (Srak,t and qt (Sarpa) are the two Ts (Dala)
yogasmentioned by wrnt (Parasara) due to the Kendras
being exclusively occupied by benefic and malefic
planetsrespectively (the Moon being left out o[ account.
benefic and malefic planets are three each).
NorBs.
This and the next eleven slokas have been taken from gqsqrtrd
sTt{cfrfi: (Asraya yogas) 3.
(l) sg(Rajiu). All planets should be in qr (Chara_
m.veable) signs. Planets posited in cardinal signs will make the
native ambitious by prcceeding to foreign places in search of
Dame, fame, wealth, etc.
(2) geo (Musala). All planets should be in fb< (Stthira_
immoveable) signs. The native will be of fixed determination,
good status, etc.
sl. 166 gsfrsqrq: 4ll
these two Rasis be also the Lagna, the yoga is known both as
felt only during therr Dasa or ,\ntardasa l'eriod and not after-
wards. cf ,
q{i fqqRnt,i}m:nrii q.tfiq alqgl
firnqoa^tfa;elafr Rc<qillfE ll
Also sttEdl
flr,olqe gtfa-sr: 11
s{qnrefi$?.qT:
eil{qfto.qaeqtriilFq-
R-qRig nqd fius iFEftt I
Tffle* qqqqeilqstswtl
o{Fqfi{uft{i ffi$( il'{tt ll qqd ll
S/ofra 168. Astrologers say that the yoga rrqr
(Gada)is prcduced when tire plarretsoccupytwo suc'
cessive Kendras; a.r.z(Sakata) when all the Eeven
planetsare in the 1ct and the 7th houses; cfhd (Pakshin)
sl. 169 qf,frss{rq: 476
when they are in the 4th and the 10th houseE; crrrei
(Srungataka)when the sevenplaneta are in the Lagna,
tlte Sth and the 9th houses; and eo (Dala) when they
are confined to a group of triangular houseeother than
the one containing the Lagna.
Norps.
In this stanza Varahamihira describes 5 out of ttre Z0 eTr5fr
(Alriri) yogas.
l. {r1r (Gada).A1l the planets should occupy adjacent Keu'
dras. There are thus { varieties, triz,, all the planets may occupy
(l) lst and 4th houses; (Z) +ttt ancl 7th houses (3) 7th and l0th
houses and (4) l0th and I s: hou-'es. The Yavanas recognise
these as 4 distinct yogas and cAll thenr respectively as ffit
(Gacla), ir6 (sankha), isg* (Vit)huka) and u{q (Dhvaja ' The
effect is somewhat good and sortrewhrrt bad. They will be in
squares.
2. t+a ntt planets shoultl be rn the lst and the
(Sakata).
7th houses. The effect must be bad as planets are in opposition.
3. fts.r (Vihagat. Al1 planets should be in the 4th and tne
'lhe
lOth houses. p l a n e t s l > e i n gi n o p p o s i t i o n , t h e e f f e c t r n u s t b e
bad.
4. (Sringataka). All plarrets should be in the l:t,
"gq1zl,
5th and ( l t h houses, Effect good.
5. aa (llala). All planetsshould bc In'-.'
(u) 2ttd,5th and l0th houses:
(b) 3rd,7th and'l lth houses;
( c ) 4 t b , 8 t h a n d I l l t h h o u s e s;
that is, rn trines begirtning with arrl' hciuse other thirn the Lagna.
cf. fll.lg+,t4ol
\n\C-\o].
: I
oTlI;rrl{FJ{qtF,ldql FHtEqT(+q{afrqf,q
" "^\ \
, o \ \ t
qq qcql filttdl rlirFq: gql{t{: r{q{{,Fq t11: ll
urr<iro nni fiqq:Us'n&t:
r
ofiqerrq<&:e\: rysu-i rgilq rt
n;glraRmrtfbqrE
418 srdfcrRflri Adh.vII.
,*t-t "-t{q,.4-{etfqr t
qmi g frft{r{fucqiqtaqiqq-(qrq(: ll tEqll
Stoka 169. qs (Vajra) is produced when all the
beneficand all the malefic planets are ranged as in the
tro'a (Sakata)and c&q (Pakshin),i.e. when all the bene'
fic planetsoccupy the lst and the ?th housesexclusively
and all the malefic planets are in the 4th and the 10th
houses exclusively. This order when reversedgives
the qqdtrr (Yava yoga), i.c. when the malefic planetsare
as in {rd'd (Sakata)and beneficones as in crQ{ (Pakshin)'
The yoga becomes+no (Kamala)when the good and evil
planeteare ranged promiscuouslyin the 4 housesindi'
cated (tet, 4th, ?th and lCth)' erfrdq (Vapee yoga)
would result when the 7 planets occupy the 4 tTurrt
(Panapara)or the 4 qrfrbq (Apoklima)houses.
Notrs.
Four more arrafr (ALriti) yogas are described in this sloka.
6. sq (Vajra). All benefics should be in the lst and the
7 t h h o u s e s ,a n d a l l m a l e f i c s i n t h e ' l t h a n d t t r e l 0 t h . T h e s p i r i t
is good; trecause bad planets are in opposition to bad ones and
air:e aersq.
7. qq (Yava). 611 62,1;:fics should be in the lst and 7t11
houses aud benelics in the 4th and l0th.
sl. 169 rrgrftsqr{tr 4n
Saturn
The ellect wilt be that the perscn rises with the maxittturtr
labour and lrardship.' For example, Sri Rama's hcroscope'
9. qrrii (Vapee)-All the planets shouldoccupy
(a) the 2nd, 5th, 8tlr and llth houses'
or b) the 3rd, 6th, gthand l2th houses.
In the iq (Vajra) yoga, the man enjoyswell in early and
latter life, because,benefics in the lst and the 7th must mean
(7th house)'
good in the beginning (,st house)and good in the end
planets are in the mid'heaven.
and bad in.he middle, because,bad
Sirnilarly for 4a (Yava\'
In the:h{,{ (Kamala) yoga, it should be noted that woalth is
not indicated.
In the al{i (Vapee)yoga, wealth is indicatedwithout charlcter
or nlrn--e-a mere money' makiug ma:bine'
gsll{(:-
. g,reidrrcri|:rcqfr:
+i{eqsat: q6gtilt: qqFr;f:g}: | -
er*trrg qqrflq:gtfflndq ftqtr{*
qr{tqrnqi+: qsl$t6qlitR}g ftfr' tt
Also sKl{di
oar<fi, ftA' qii: gentirlefdqqqI
Rqttffit ft*r qsiqQ:ft{tqift tt
478 mruffilre Adh" VII.
,re---v----
---,-J- --_,_ --__ -__-_____vvv_-_v_
Also vl-qlrs'rridi
fiogrri gqT:HA$q} qlqQq(: I
qd qrq fiqrf,tqrqq*dqffi, tt
frry: qmr:UqT:d eff: *i5q qrrfi. I
t\ilitfbqFtql sqftsfrq qTftnT
tl
Also {q{qa for 4q
fifidl$rfrq ffi; qrtiq:deqrftad, r
qqtpqfrrfrs{qq-q3nq}
qfrqfr: qrTSqFf,fiTfi
tl
For the +{o(Kamala) and ct{i (\/apeet yogas herein nrention_
ed, four malefics are required. Rahu is to make up the 4th
malefic planet. c./. *iirr*eirr
6sssq\:n1'irtt{-gq,}qt;t
qd ilq qi+'il fqnild'ir qa: tl
e*srt Q qg{ q gq sn: qi}sg{: I
qt *nqd fiqrarfrfuq6ftpqnqu
qtg qh s qFqi n qrhr*;aqgrrq,I
ngtt: ;[aqsd:flitgruq]qdq.tt
varahamihira has another verse after this sroka in which he
states that he has simply described the Eer (vajra) and other yogas
(that is qE Yava and the yoga mentioned
in Brihat Jataka,
ch. xI-20) adopting the 'iew of the former writers, such as rrzt
(Maya), q+q (Yavana) and others, meaning thereby
that he per-
sonally does not recognise them; for, he asks " FIow can Mercury
and Venus occupy the 4th house from the Sun ?" This sloka
which has been left out by Vaidyanatha for reasons best known to
himself is reproduced below :
sfiq"ifdrRftgPsqrelq,ifG*{q4+ ft ifr r
qalag{rei f}ra$*'i qinfifi Uqfkdqrr
But readerswho are familiar with the working of the Bhava"
spbuta process (qn$z) des-^ribed in detail in zicrtc.eia (Sripati
Paddhati , Adhyaya I and in the notes tbereto will easily see that
it is not impossible as we go to higher latitudes to have some of
the bhavas uncommonly short and others extraordinarily long, so
that Mercury and Venus may happen to be in the 4th bhava with
respect to tbe Sun, though not in the 4th afu (Rasi) as interpreted
by Varahamihira.
It will therefore be seen that rI{ (Maya), e;frt (Yavana), .Ff
(Garga) and others have not erred in treating of these yogas
as
possible ones, if the yogas in question are meant to refer to tho
positions of the planets in the nrs5osdl (Bhavakundali) aud not
to the (Rr=rfi (Rasi chakral.
sqfirRru+{ qg.lqrftl* r
Sgililqqsrql ffir uoeh Tqr( n leo tl
Sloha IT0. If rhe sevenplanetsexclusivelyoccupy
four contiguous bhavas reckonedfrom the Lagna and
the other Kendrasin order, the four resultingyogasare
Xv (Yupa),1g (Ishu) or lr( lSara),riu lSakti) and qq
(Darrda)reapectively.
NorBs.
Four more 3{rdit (Aknti) yogas are described in this verse :
10. {rT (Yupal.-Al1 the planets should occupy the lst, 2nd,
3rd and 4th houses. The planets are rising or are about to rise.
I l. tg (Ishu) or {( (S:rra).-All tlre planets shoulclbe posited
in the 4th, 5th, 6th and 7th houses. The planets are culminatiug
or are about to culminate.
12. qritF (Sakti).-:-A11 the planets should be in the Zr.h, 8th,
9th and l0th houses. The planets are setting or about.to set.
13. <u-e(Danda).-All the planets are in the l0th, llth,
l2th and lst houses. The planets are elevating or ascending
mid-heaven,
""""""-"---,",-"-TITI:*""* """"",i*: "Yl'
11?
(Yuna) must be good, because planets are rising' Th"
Xl
or
next best is (o-g (Danfla), lecause the planets are elevating
(Ishu) and {tfm (Sakti) are bad'
ascending. The other tu'o, ttiz,, <5
are
The eftects of these yogas are described in sloka l5 infra and
consisteut with the above principles.
gull6(:--
r \ e \. n
ft;aq{-iireaqr5tt'ief"dWTgqllfsqoet:ll
Also vrtgarqsti
qdafiqq&d,q{S-FdW{'q I
gqfRssqmrttq qrq, qqiqf, ll
e}: {tfuRfrFd:I
HETsnFE{firt:
flTRefiqiQ: Si.uerflqn{: lt
Also Rr.rd
t
eEnfitoz*uqaO{Erefrtritfr{r'
tq{rftrftquqr:flslqlE&qr fqsq tt
t
f,KrexqntficaruR{rifutr
q{Tqtc qrqdr iffi.T-qddikil tt tsl tt
Sloku 171. lf the seven planets be in the seven
contiguoushouses reckcned from the Lagnaand other
Kendiaein order, the fcur ,ogas producedaraf,t.(Nau),
qz (Kuta), oa (Chattra) and au (Chapa)' If the severr
eucceEsivehouses occupied by planetsdo not begin
with a Kendra as in the lour yogasir lNau), etc', but
qr{rlbc (Apoklima)
begin with a nornr (Panapara)or
bhiva, the yt'ga prcduced is declared to be artlq-{ (Ard-
dha Chandra).
Norrs
Five more qA,t (Akriti) yogas are describedin this Slcka'
(14) f,I (Nau).-All the planets should be in the seven
housesfrom the Lagna (i.e,, in the invisible half) in any order,
culminatiog and rising.
sl. 17t (dstlr : 48t
to be in the T houses
from the 4th in any order (i,e., on the occidental side, setting and
culminating).
(16) ffi (Chhathra).-ett the planets are placed in the 7
housesfrbm the 7th bhava d'e., elevating and setting-al1 in the
visible half).
(f Z) qrq (Chapa).-All the planets are to be in the 7 houses
from the lOth (a'.e.,on the oriental side,rising and elevating)'
(18) .r{qq (Ardtta Chandra).-All the planets are in the 7
housesbeginning fronr the 4 qgl6{ (Panaphara) or the 4 3Tfq}lBq
(Apoklima) houses.
Consistently, Varahamihira gives the several effects for +
(Nau) and other tbree yogas-gcod effects for Fa (Chattra) and
q-lc (Chapa) because in the one case' planets are in the visible
half and in the other, they are rising and elevating-in both the
cases, they must be good. Vide sloka from Brihat Jataka quoted
under notes to sloka 178 infra,
-- ,
cf q{rtrr
o (\\.,
r{rEoql( el{fl: F{cEqI( q8srHi{q {urfl: t
sa qgat-qTqftii1+qh {trtq-{, tt
sqm(:
*,-nfqrrnfut:iT,tq#teaarpqqtfEraq r
qqnlsit+ 5fpq: lf
qrqrcr*{;rrT(qdfr,il
Also ttt;t5sFrdt
({l&Fgltt'nrt: s{Sztuq'tfinr
gqlfrq{qrdrt:6a{sfifrqt u
saq+*: 1
ssqrRfqof;t*raa:
qqq{nRgqhtarq{eWqt3t: ll
q(FqGqlqdqitlmerrFf,mq, I
qdttqt: qsl( alq{rFqsI{T
udt ti
Also qrwo'l
Tiut dm' rg' t
saqlrR:
lrtR+ue+uq:
6t
182 .'l|trTft{T Adh. VII.
qfufi.}; 11
iaa6aor{+Ffrnr:
ssqriqt'a:*=flq'qa+t6ilsiirrdtr
qsFilwrt{qtwgfrqsg{rnqtrt
froufifutqrfqiqrufdwqrcrl teRtf
Slaha l7?. If the planetsbe rangedin the 6 houses
beginning with the 2nd houseand separatedfrom one
another by an intervening (planetleas)house,the result,
ing yoga is called <gq lSamudra) and if the planeta
occupy the 6 odd bbav,rsreckoned from the Lagna, the.
yoga prcducedie er (Chakra). Thus an epitome of the
,ilUli (Akriti:figure) yogashas been
given.
Norrs.
The remaining two uttz;ft (Ak.i,i) yogas are described here.
(le) vgq (Samudra).-Att the planets should be
in the 6
even bhavas,r'.e., the 2nd,4th,6th, gth, lOth and l2th.
(ZO1 qm (Chakra).-Att the planels should be posited
in the
6 odd bhavas,i.e., the lst, 3rd, 5th, 7th, 9th and I lth houses.
The western principles of sextilesand trines impried in
the
above two yogas may be profitably compared in this conneetion.
goffi(:
q+r.a\s"qtwcHgqqe.gEqr;Et-g{tFa
F a: ll
Also ilagrrq-d
rrrfxqangqhqt+K+
frfi, r
qh: sgffi: lr
stai*;Gdtqrcri,i
Also gnrSrfl
qq{qqqt{lqrq.r
rrlq;afifr<isr(
e{qldqqrt.amrmit qieeR: tl
Also qilfrtrT(ot
ni)frq&ffJl;alqFg: Fqtqqz.*'
mhba: t
qslfi{qlna Hgqilrn ll
g[ 1?8 ctgfr${r|t: {88
{<eqrrirrns
Wqqi{d-
I
hrqrqr{gfttErr1Tpns
tqnrcqr qeftft $te
qromqr-tEbmi{arq tr tsl tl
Slol,r 173. w* (Vallaki) s1 ftIt (Veena), qrlT
(Dama), cnr (Pasa),*qrr (Kedara), qo (Sula), gl (Yuga)
and fro (Clola) are the seven *eer (Sankhya- numerical)
yogasrespectivelyproduced by the seven planeto occu,
pying aBmany Rasis as are denotedby the seven figurec
commencing from 7 and diminishing successivelyby
o n e , i . r . , b y t h e n u m b e r s7 , 6 , 5 , 4 , 3 , 2 a n d l . T h e a e
<ar (Sankhya) yogas are to be reckoned when those
mentioned previously are absent.
Nores'
c/. r<rtrt
t qltrr,+ftm: gfi {gf,{rRrilrwi q}q
,fre&+,.ftiq
G-Id'qgfblqlq\'r
*qna ag:6qs{qq}:qarfiIqeFqt:
w5\<lrftr,rq qntfi{fQn nc.qr
{i rt
fraqrdiTr: (Sankhya Yogaha) 7.
(l) q-g.t'l(Vallaki) or {iun (Veena).-Al1 the seven planets
should be in 7 Rasis or signs (in contradistinction to bhavas or
houses).
(d zrfrf,r (Damini).-All the seven planets should be in any
6 Rasis.
(:) cRr (Pasa).-All the seven planets should occupy any 5
signs.
(+) hrrt (Kedara).-All the seven planets are in 4 signs,
(5) {fd (Sulat.-All tbe seven planets are in three signs.
(0; g.r (Yuga).-All the seven planets are situated iu 2 sijae.
(7) nfd (Gola) or {'lorq (Golaka).-All tbe sevcn plenets
should be in one sinrle sign,
#1 r|fiq|ftd Adb.vII.
This is a proof that all conjunctions are bad. That is why
s1tfr1(Vallaki) yoga is the best. For eflects, see sloka 179 infra.
Yogasother than {t;( (Chandra) yogas are TtiTq(Nabhasa)
yogasand they take efiect at all times and periods irrespectiveof
a n y d a s ao r b h u k t i r u l i n g a t t h e t i r r r e . 1 ' h e s ey o g a sa r e o f p e r m a -
nent effect on the life, character and fcrtune of the person
concernod. q,qE{1qr: (Karaka yoga) and other yogas also come
under ;IIrT( (Nabhasa) yogas.
The <qt (Sanl<hya) coincide(or become
yogasmay sorJ-retimes
identical) with the (Akriti)
B{rT,fr yogas.
For instance,rKI (Gada), cien (Pakshin) and {da (Sakata)
yoge$are particular casesof gtdrr (Yu.ra yoga) mentionedin this
sloka. rrfl-aq (Sringataka) and qo ( Hala) yogas are only varieties
of qfrdlq (Sula yoga). The yogas qit (Vajra), ++ (Yaya), +ro
(Kamala), qr{i (Vapee), 1u (Yupa), q (ltitu), i,iq (Sakti), and
<',-s (Danda) are only special instances of the <w (Sankhya)
yoga *<r< (Kedara). The yoga.scJ (N.u), 5z (Kuta), se (Chattra),
qq (Chapa) and s+'iq;( (Arana Chandra) are particular examples
of slqt (Veena) yoga. The ggtr (Samudra) and qfr (Chakra) vogas
are special cases of (l{{Ff (Dama yoga). ln thes: cases it must
be understood they ceaseto be trqt (Sart trva) yogas,i,.e., the ncqt
(sankhya) yogas are not then to be taken into account.
cf. gqld(
gorftarnsg flflqgqaflnitnqtlq {'lrn: t
{fqpqqlq;qqqT{nlqttarqfi q gflqrrr+ ll
i"tftitrtffisqeRq tecqi
qrit qrt q gue qguer{tilsI
aqsfrtaftWri qoq!qstii
*qrF'qfrifq{rfi {g(rrrr{qr( ll t\eulf
Stoha 174. The personborn in the rsg lRajju) yoga
witl be envious, delighting in visrts to foreign lands and
fond of travel ; the man whose birth is in the gero
(Munla) yoga will be proud, wealthy and engagedin
ll. 1?6 qg&stctc: 1p6
-end
yoga will be defective in $ome limb, reEolute
rltt (Mala)
ehrewd ; the man born in the eq (Srak) or
in
yoga will have many enjoymants; h: whose birth is
the et (Sarpa)yoga witl euffer many miseries'
er(I{dl
eqzqfiqt: rgar' t
gg{t: rr}frrqd}Trfdfr
qqa'*tl{l: $gsqil: fl{ mfirat:ll
{{r:
rTl4g;rfltqgar:{{lgffiI U{f}ql: ifktt: I
fF,rqRnrgqdcqt q{f:d {tt: R{l geqt: ll
sqifnftmtil q{iqqqrfirilsftfigqtalt
q;gQmagaqt dqlt wrgu-i tt
fH gexent qEq{et'}q}qstqat: I
zfiFf,I:gEgdfir qlotqt flce{4t: Fg: ll
ftqqt, qtr fi:et fie g:t+rfidt:gfrila I
q(gsT: qFI{clT:qT qrilr l{Ef}a 4{t: ll
Also goraq:
ffieqfgfi{ilr grrfisft{{i
+ giir qir.e,I
dtqtFrfrsvqq
Rtqrffitdtqrdwgow q+
{rcqtcgfurg}filquq ilrr u tsQ rt
Sloha 1?6. The personborn in the eq (Vajra) yoga
will be hrppy in the early and concludingportion, lt
hig life. He will be lovely and vzry biave. In the
ltl(Yava) yo3a,the man born will be valiant and happy
in hig middle life. In the owo (Kamala)yoga, the person
will be of wide fame, his enjoyment will be immenre
and his virtueg numerous. The man born in the rrt
(Vapee)yogawillenjoy somesmallthoughlong.enduring
comforts,he will hoard his money underground and
will not give.
Also Frcttldr
Rnrrrqfl{a'gqt{qtt qn
ftdtq gwitue' urweurett
a'lq\sou,ggqilHg(q{*i
qG fiiitqlk' gt'iis;egiir 11luu ll
'the person
Siofra 1??. .born in the qrim lYupa)
yoga wiil be liberaland self pcssessed and will per{orm
(sara)
.orin.nt sacri{ices. He who is born in the mfit
yoga will be of a cruel disposition and in chargeof a
prison. He will be the artificer of arrows. The man
who hashis nativity in the {ik'iirr (Sakti yoga) will be
base,slothful and bereft of easeand we;lth' while the
pefEonborn in the qocirq (Danda yoqa) will lead a life
(wife
of ,..rritude without those that he could hold dear
and children).
c/. sKtqol
eTT.qfi(flIfi{f,FelTrga} fiq*qflsqa: I
aafiqqsefqriiXt qldl Rftea ll
{g{lqqFgq;s;?q{qntu16{i;q6r:I
Rer: sfieqfirct:{l{q}ilflEqKT:F3: ll
ftadttenQoegv:gtrTl:t
qq(Rdfa{.eg:
sgrqgefrgofl:{lsli qm: Rqwrgq{T:ll
QdsqQrrfi:qr: g{q};dtsnr: Fln{qlqt: I
g:ftadtat: iqt qssqqilq{t: mtdqll
e* qrcrefieqrgpq:IqoEmlqqnfrqqiqt
q* ilil qq<fl qsi\r1i{it{nhilt, fRiln' t
er{-fl qhqral ititr?ltaqq:irq$qiq Kt
qrQqm qif{n qR qaerqilqtle$frugl' ll t\16ll
sl. 1?8 eedtsrqtl: c80
eSftFg.qr'geqr:ftGrffi: wgqfuraf,It
*qqaq' qH+,FattftilzqfsrqT
qfu{: I
rFrfiqs{qqgmrnfiir fr}sq'n(A rt
a{dd*eliqe$tqtqtfrfdtqil: {E:t: T(t: I
ffi t{qFaftfig,iarfhil q${r: tl
Uz-flqrqr
+rai ftrm: r
ft-qEr*r
+rtw)il qril qrrqlil qqfHwwi gqrx, 11
ffi'(wi*qru ftgq:WteEer|xm
4tfu{rgrsn6irrsqft: qrqrilffqrrffitI
fli do'qq6frsf{qgiriilinog: Sf,{r{
qeq,tt tsq tl
ffi Uiqiqqi{Frrrdi*;qlur{
Slohu 179. The personborn in shs *qre}n (Veena
yoga)will be skilled in every kind of work and fond of
musi'eand dancing; the man born in the qrcah (Dama
yoga) will be obliging, with a clear intellect and famed
Ior his learoingand wealth. The person whose birth
takes place in the crtrfirl (Pasayoga) will be very clever
rn the acquisitionof virtue and wealth, will be talkative
and have sons. The man who has ihs @q (Kedara
yoga)in his nativity will pursu? agriculture, acquire
wealth, be slow of comprehension.andkind to his
relatives.
c/. qo<itt+r
qft erfi qrftdwr{t t
frqrfrt Zeqrftr&qpif
qft frft Hrqg=dfq-g:
tqrrrcilalafr*qgo' rt
c/. g{sqrfrd.
{tqJqq{ftgq: fiq'ftn1s,tt
qKFqfi$+fi(d:qgqalEffl qri wrffinwEeiFg: I
gl. lgl (tldtsqrr: f91
*qro: iDRa:gaqqfrsq:gg
Also wtr+efl.
frTrF{dT:gqrTgrfla$I{Tilqqrqfrfilq t
geft+ rgeTl{t'trrqidftm qgiTT:ll
qrfi-qrgq+rfiqgqurgdviuil qr: 1
qq tl
{g${cdH**it fraraF'Trq:
\.0
flIl iranqlq; e[pl-Ir6t: strl*lilTlaT I
{gqrR"}f*rftor{g[er: TTreqrt:
FU:tt
U+{ruqd"ql:Fftqot:$salQq:gfrm' t
hqft fl,Inqoqnrqldt.r: rt
qArM;Efr mtii, qtrt,nfr ii'idl
ftqr{t Sqfririirsiiqqo' flqos* qqq: t
qq(!r{H{t:
fio lh{ft*sod'rszaqr:
qfitliufircr qafiRuqr{q drnnqt il tdo tl
Sloka 180. The person born in the qo.iin (Sula
yoga) is full of rage, fond of money, brave, with the
marks of wounds received in f ight, and without wealth,
The marr whose birth is in th: gn'irrr (Yuga yoga) eata
beggedfood and is exceedingly fickle, hereticrl and ad-
dicted to the drinking of soirituous liquors. He who
is born in the {r'rirrr (Gola yoga) is without wealth,
indolent,of vagrant habits,shoit'livad and ignorant.
These 32 yogas havc been rnentioned by srrafuQrt
(Varahamihira).
:f. m-d'.lftrr
qU Ga, *iqdtd qftq:wnudtqrE"-q{t?-l
grTrc+|
8e: qdt't"ogr' gfflE{t,il} qld{rodtseqrgtq
r
492 ltdrcrftilt Adh.vn
ct T6nRFf.
{fr: qri\ qqdifAqaqq} rr
qqfirRa: qrcofr qr grTeqq'ia{
r
Rqqq|oitnritn: sfl{e"qefrsziri
Also ertt{dT.
rTil{Lfl:t
fiwttesqqftarRet: SqfR"sar
TIAitil, q-drq-tll
trglrearqnqT:
qrqueqffi qr qaQil il .Go6m e)* f
Q n \\
gdrT[n{qildrg{qFr rTl4itrqlili: ll
erRqretrgilfiqtflntq{fi,lr qfu;rr:I
.rlU*il qqf:an{r: tl
fte g:flatlqr
The following additional information regarding the <Irrqf
(Nabhasa) yogas will be found useful :-
The 3 3ilar{T(Asraya) yogas produce the eflec,s describedfor
them only when they do not partake at the same tirne of the nature
of other yogas. Otherwise, the other yogas become eflectrveand
bear fruits. t'f . g(snkTd.
ertarfislFgfiqor qqos*ftfif{ar: I
frar trt so qqfqs{r:qsaffi' n
Also tttredl.
alrarqqltErilTefqfhh frenor.rgn5fl: I
er*il-qfqfhrAfdqaqon FgRtT,it'n,11
Also gu6qq'.
ftzn q qg: sqrqqliqr\fiaarct sd{Tq{T:Fg: tl
The two Dala yogas will coinci,le neither with the srtrT{
(Asraya) yogasnor with the gTrdfr(ekriti) yogas.
They might
coincide with ireqt (Sankhya) yogas**on (Veena), <rffil (Darrini)
qpr (pasa) or *<( (Kedara)-in which case the yogas
are to be
treated as only <o (Oata) yogas anJ not as FCf (Sankhya) yogas
(Vide Sloka l?3 and tho notes tbereto
cupra),
gl. tgo sttfrsqnrc 493
Also urcrq-ei.
q-q-{rilfrKm:
6&dI u}rrrcg{Hff ;tTHrI
eTerE{r{dg0rrrrtqi
erfinGtqr} rr
It will now be explained how the Yavanas recognise 1,g00
sub-divisions. Takingrlny one of the l2 Rasis as the Lagna,
there are 150 yogasof which 23 are s{r5fi (ntriti) and 127 Vtr
(SanLhya) yogas. The oi'rr{{ (Asraya) and
{o (Dala) yog.as are
not taken by thern into account. (T;ae sloka 167).
wtRt{6q{rqftstftt(nil
tt (ct tt
tqnqmi qwsqrfrqrt
qfrdtrEqtuqqr
WIf: ll
11qif{Tlq1rT;
Sloka 181. Raja yogas(t'57), the 5 yogasRuchaka
and others (59,65),q66q (Bhaskara)and othera (67'70),
*qrc (Kemadruma)(7i-?9), the yogasww (Adhama)ee
(Safra) (1i2) and tt{ctiodr (Grahamalika)(132-136),
o6flrfr{r (Lakshmi yogi) (tSZ-:11,eitflq-sfm flarihara'
bramhayoga (16)-3), oroirn ' Kahalayoga (130),ilR
(Nabhasa)and other yogas ( 161-180)have beentreated
of by the favor of the Sun and other deities.
il eTqr
Erq+qr rr
Combination of 2 olanets in one bhava. There are 2l such
combinations.
cf. Tff{Rfr
gqftri qlFI: qrqFdta:6ft-egefin' t
enuqftsq$td pggqd: ffigq: tt
+qd nr(Rfr qil oom<ng{}s6aaq
t
qrqqfi{'+h6 1@: qlrFqqo-sa
tl
erq t
tqraqftqwirfin*, firqeqrqd\t:
e{r{,ffiqftqfta' satq {gcqRrfurqrq.
tl
+gqfrilH{iq: reftwl ftasqqrsnl:t
q.{ q<rqfrgt,rignuarqwatt
*Wtfteq-gwatkas{t{r qgfutet
qqrqqft! $ftrE{q} qta g+ tqi t
qrs{rrrowfiRWrffi wrqrFEt
qff fleqt ftfqgorer1q+ qilRKt ll I ll
Sloka2. A pereonvrill be intelligent and atten,
tively honor the relationsacquiredthroughhir wife if
at his birth the Sun be in conjrlnggisnwith Venus; if
the Sunbe associated with Saturn,tbe oersonborn will
be somewbat dull,witted and in the power of his
enemies. If the Moon be in conjunction with l"{aru,
the personborn will be brave,of high birth, virtuour,
rich aod worthy ; if the Moon be agsociatedwith
Mercury, the man boro in the yoga will be pious
devotedto Eciences and will havediversemerits.
af, st<rs-d
rlqr(u|fiil {ftg,if iagieao r
tgfr Gfrnfr: dsqreqq'gqq:11
qrEfrqtqq:e'dft{q:megflEn: I
ffi{rgil: g-q:{rfrGdneq{itaq tr
sl. 3 qudsqrq: Asl
qt rq*tff rfrw+fi196q',
wry*l-qsq*} tt
e"qqrEft-c{t
+raqrqreftfqgq'g'fi: rftgqa' ggqa I
fueqqq:qrRrgqit,id\'qrflfirg{lgt:lt
cnrilqrgwnafriffiqnr{vr gh ti*
'nqrnrffit*g $'ttusg* ffiftilgfr |
EqtsrnctqufrqffiqrilqqtwSi
ErCtdrqqittqilqstruffr.qrFqiqgt tt l tt
Slut.r 3. When the Moon is in conjunction with
Jupiter, the person born will be very intelligent and
protect good people. When Venut is associatedwith
the Moon, the effect of the yoga on tbe person born
will be that he will be evil'minded and clever in
making bargains. If the Moon be in conjunction with
Saturn. the pereon born will have a bad wife, abuse hie
parents and will be without wealth. If Mars and
Mercury be together, the person born in the yoga will
be eloquentand clever in mediciue and fine arts.
cf. Kr"R{
Ec*A frfia' tfiFgqqlaatila t
gfm: grrto: g{fa+s,ifrif qqegq: tl
a.fi61oEqgm: gof*fr:ero{:t
flmqrftf\tr'
mrR*tg gtro:{tfiqrfnfr' HqId\} ll
alfialaarrd {qr'{sqrqfrfirnqto: t
qr.ilRfi' gq:qilFd sFt{lT$.{fr.i1} *r
dg&,ifs"=nRe: gadrduil{t: FqqR:I
gedfiwrat gog*dilsqf*qrFsq: ll
6tl
A\
498 ElRti6lTtr{qlt Adh. VIII.
urqtWqgqrFqfr.rfrRf*(xit ffii
qnilqi(rer
qqsqfrsi{dr ufi} ,r,ftt
Erfrrrrdfr*qii'qqqfr:diur gt tt
qrnqtsqgq1ffisftq*Tqiqrqwfr kgi n B tl
Slt,ka 4. Loving, revered,worthl', and acquainted
with the scienceof computatiouwill the personbe that
is born when Mars is in conjtrnction with Jupiter.
The effectof Venus and Mars being togetherat a birth
wiil be that the personborn will be fond of metallurgy,
delight in tricks and be cunning. If Mars be in con,
iunction with Saturnat the birth of a person,he will
be Sisputatious, indulging in the pursuit of music and
dull-witted. When Mercury and Jupiter are in
conjunction,the personborn will be eloquent,handsome,
amiableand exceedinglywealthy.
cf, eruqoi
firerSfiniefriqrfr qrfiq{rnq}
qftqr{ r
erafiqqqr{:g{ge$qri}: gqr{ilfr:tl
Fft rrqqqd)qfhafl:q{gqfAfi d {o' ,
{irZd{laral fqzafrid\rsq}t rt
gdiq;qir?,${o:qqerFkqr.frgilea t
gqgt{q}fiq$'aqfiqa: mftdi: t( tt
zaiqtfilrnr qrilsfqtqnafA-qgq'r
gugnrlt qfiq'i{ Srqg'ir qiqisr{q{ tl
rrrqiqrailaiqarr{rftilg} {Tff(Rrr+
kqrin-{fiftuuCgoi+Hd,qiir;griI
+qqtzqfrii*sfaqinqrq urr ugi6gt
ikqt qFrii'rn*i qgqfr{srfrt qrftrin \ tl
rL6 srgqlscrll4: 499
eifd{qqi}qqil qgfte'iiiafi.galrq:il1 |
-qqrcqtfq
'ftaf,talq(fA{'Efga'iifi : !|
TqqI{ sEqslq: nq?I: nctfifrqq{ftor t
figq' ritqaqt+q] g'{ilfiii+ gql( qlfA ll
qJafifiqrqDfinredit'rir:sqplgd:I
alifFra,irirs*fifireilit ql;qftqt( tt
q{ failzr,} q'lnftqfndsJdt qr
nfi'ftq,il:qflq' lfqfi{TqrTfl'{tlm. ll
: {qaturfq+tf{taclq r
qrrhe.T{ulqfl
qs),aq:egfi: n{iftaq}t gqll {qfi ll
The eflei:ts above described are only very general being appli'
cable to tbe several combinations forrned in any of the l2 bhavas'
The effects irr each of the l2 bhavas haVe been described in detail
by qqatsri (\'avanacharya) aud quotecl in ?{itr.o (Horaratna)'
g+ qd Trr;FIr:qq.frrqrrqftqm,t
srqnft fr*eiq g{Fa frufi aqTil
tt frqafrq:tr
Combinations of 3 planets in one bhava. There may be 35
such combinations.
saqrqrfigut:t{r5{d Gt{qFqG:t
iqrfi ?{{fr:rcRqt*rrffit, tt
q{T{ilQ ftgqt q{{T(ir*I {rmfig'rlE I
.nq-qtst$\*dqlqt rIsE:tl
q;d{nqt oqftqt{tRirrftfr
lllssgilfrrtrteg({| grrdqRrihart
d"*rqf,qfrftfrffi *q1 q{ftsr{r
*qluigt{Fqtdqftt ,r}.fiodr+rttEr{,
ll e ll
Sloka 7. If Satum,the Moon and the Sun combine
in one bhava, the personborn will be wickedly ioclined,
deceitful and fond of foreign countries. If the Sun,
Mars and Mercury be together, the person whose birth
is influencedby them will be bereft of comforts though
posseesedof sons, riches, and wives. If Jupiter, the
Sun and Mars be in conjunction, the person born in the
yoga will be a patriotic premier or commander,in,chief.
If Mars, the Sun and Venus be together in a itca*tf
(Trigraha yoga), the p:rson born will suffer from dis,
eaeesof the eye, will be a voluptuary, of gentle birth
and of great wealth.
cf. srtr+dt
+rt fiqrqsrfr gi: q{ir$il sRqqt
qqfiar+tfrih.&qfqt qsq: tt
qqftqrfrqs: HTdRdfrEt frqnw: t
tf{gdwerRd: rr
ftqt{+,sqilA,
qqfRfis'il rtr{' frfArfiq-d qqqfrqfsR
t
sq{rs:edFut{iqd, rt
TtFtitrtr:
nqqTq{:g;dq, gt{fi qrflieqtiga} ITAq:I
z$*qRffiqrt'n-Enft:qrlerEgt:tt
502 Gilirif,'rlrtsTril Adh. VIII.
ftelnF6dqfdrfidtqrqT(:gqr{ q};an: I
nloii vary'* gqqriq*q{i+t ll
nn] arft g\iid: fsfiq' t
sTspiffi+,<ars:
qqfrqr: q*t *\-g1lrsgnlqrq tl
srfl: +Qlqf,rf,tqgSd:fllg: I
qrE{tf,qq:
.Tlfugt{f{.itil qro: g+il rri*w: tt
nrertarqgks:qqlqqi|firnil'! : t
qrfir{qrqftdl\*t\elq-qqR : ll
*dt nqgiritdsftgwtrghgq'stg*r
sfiqqga;qtl I
Tn;qd{ftdraqqrd-sqt
{targl eri*{qqofnr gatqoqrq}r
iuql qtqr&qitseawnrnqfiqriif ll lR ll
Stohu 12. If Venus, the Moorl and Saturn be
together in a bhava,the person bortr in the voga will
becomea learned Brahmana teacher, a king's chaplain
and will be much hked. If the yoga be due to the
combinationof Jupiter, Mercury and Mars in one bhava
b+
qrceqrftwrl Adh. VIII.
ll qg*airtr, n
Combinations of 4 pianets in one bbava, Tirere may be 35
such combinations.
qtqtqqqs{oiftfttq tqt r
9;ilr{lgg5ft*imr{ q{dt
{qr{ffirrffirrn t\ti
Sl. ro sTggtsqrq: 6C/9
qnrtqr{ gurqdqo{tgEns I
g*qwgrrfufti{ffiq qpql
qQ;5RBa*tt'{ql6ltfl! 11lu ll
Sloka t|. If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury and
producea qgiaftr
Jupiter combine in one bhava, and
therein will b
iOirrurgr.ha yoga), the person born
fond of his wife and children, w:althy, virtuous'
famous,strong and generous. If the Sun, the Moon'
Mercury and Venus be together in a bhava,the person
but
affectedby the yoga.will be defectivein somelimb
eloquent. If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury and Saturn
on the
be associatedin one bhava,the effect of the yoga
personborn will be that he will be destituteof wealth
and ungrateful.
- qtrtsdi
ci.
Rlqffi*:sf,IQ{:firaq'ai}Erqilqi} {tr' t
qrd:qrdtndg:ilfif,UtqrF*: qQt: tl
fi+o: g,r,iiqtrq"tqg] uqnqniqgq:I
qlil: qltr,F;)tfinfngu'rlfii,tftt' tt
qlqftqfiqgd{qq+qfrafiiirucq{fto:t
nits"qz{1lt 6pgn}'urftfifiqaq.tt
firqir
diqrefiiqitq risqii qto{.d'I
$rrftiituoRagitotEg*!|
qrdifiiloaq* ngiiqr\
lt {c ll
Enlgalqitiii.gdtsqqdr
Sl.An 18. If the Sun, the Moon, Jupiter and
qqigim (Chaturgraha
Venus ccmbine to produce a
s. 19 ulglttstrlTltl dll
il {Qr{qQql 11
Combinations of 5 planets in one bhava; thereare 2l such
combinations.
618 qrdrcrRsrrt Adh.vrn.
qsdtftqertuffii+-
qiwg tffi$rot ftgar rq{r t
grn{rggqqfn*tf{qrfr-
rrdrg('Tq{6r{qtirqr ll tq ll
Sloka 26. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury
and Jupiter be in one bhava,the person born in the
yoga will be a good combatant and a clever informer.
If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury and Venus corn,
bine and produce a ,iec(*rl (Panclragrahayoga) the
person whose birth is affectedby it may be faithful to
his various f unctions, attentive to other people's
concerneand friendless.
cf. qrrq-d
g,tff egrd qlqrRsqar&anfl:t:
I
qq6gqrlrd r{:gwfiaq'qgt: tt
qttq{d'tfrFi q'ggR: Fa} Rrnsrq: I
dtqtfr q flei r{hgsqu*,*Qarr
urrgMMirqar t
q-fi{rgtfrrqgRir{rgi-
cqr$ffi frqoegerlr Rell
Sloka 27, If the Sun,the Moon, Mars, Jupiter and
Saturn form the {sqrqtq (lanchagraha yoga), the person
born will be hopeful and have to suffer separationfrom
the woman he loves. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars,
Mercury and Saturn be the five planetsin conjunction,
the person whose birth is affected by their influence
will be short,lived, bent on earning money, but without
wife and sons.
$L 2S-2e llElftrtr|rq! 6t9
cf. srtr+d
qqdt
srcqrg+sq'rrfrfr sigQia:
r
eTfi+Isgafis,
frrRqr+rgt'ggi,g1
gq6qte: sq&: qtf+fl6q:vilvndt t t
frgaaeagrq:qlft{IRgqfrqFtt: rt
Frffsqtrrqftqq;gqfr{t*t
{iqq{rq${dr qliq\s;TEl{t ll Rc ll
Sloka 28. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Jupiter
and Venue be together in one bhava, the effect of the
yoga on the person born is that he will be an aesassin,
cast out by his father, mother and other relations and
will becomesightlesa, If the Sun, the Moon, Marc,
Venue and Saturn form a tqcaim (Panchagraba yoga),
the person, who has his birth therein will cleverly turn
to accountthe humility, the wealth and power at his
commandand will be depravedand have intrigueswith
other people's wives.
cf . *lRrsdl
qftq;{Iqgg,dt{eftquqi stq s;so; r
qeft qit iqdi: gi'ggtrrriEr+ar
tl
qrardGqqflit qfhanr(:q{r$arfrK:I
qsfiRaS:
erQ{rrrftru*{fi.*t:rr
dqtuittaw qgir.r.rnr
r
((Tt
efrt;ggrtFqrnegtr
qrn*Tqrcqgfrfr,Tqlwl:n il lo fl
S/rrAc 30. If the Sun,the Moon, i,{.r.urr, Venus
and Saturnbe togetherin a bhava, the personborn will
be without wealth, tall in stature, bercft of .children
and his body will be afflicted with many diseasee"If
the Sun,the Moon, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be the 5
planetsjointly producing a {qqa+rr (Panchagraha yoga),
the person who has his birth therein will have a
wedded wife, be eloquent, clever in juggling, fearless,
but haveenemiesto contend with.
cf . rnrq-di
{i'il irqnqrq}qruii.srt'igqr{gil{tq:r
relrcrffiqF\Gq-qgqrf+,ugg+, rt
sl. 8l-92 s{gqtsEqr{t tr}1
{ffi (Tqqge{rIq{gq{Irf,'3
utu1frlugogxtf,r;ggtr
t
srgi gtrr Egq;Tlqquq Hff{,
q;g-{e{gailqqi}iltf ll lts tl
5 / o { , r l l . i . T i r c i ) e r s o n w h o h a sh i s b i r t l i i n t h e
'i-ry
yoga i':rmc,i the five planet3 ti)j Sun, Vlttfcutf,
.lurrtlei-,nu'enrrs arnd Saturn, will h: rr,'i5e,v.,rs,":"1 in
sacred b';oks ,ind of a virtuous characler end c<-rnduct
suclras e.odsand reverend seniors always fpprtrve o[.
If the Moon, Mars, ln4ercury.Junitt'r and Venus be
tog3ther in a bhava, the pctsr;ri born under such
influence will be virtuous. h rirpy, vel y rxrealthy,
p o w c r f u la n d t . a r n e d .
cf. l{ril.{'7.1
qgflIflInqqftaft,r'ccir rlaqi q t
qdqr:{rcfurT;:
giifqary{{+-{r"s : ll
qlg: {qnrlit flaiqqqrqtiirgqqqa:. I
r\\.r.'
E;.It(flTEgtqtI ErI;gi,nnT-.{[-ga;
ii
qsilil*galqqiiqttr{ f,rqrgrq;qq;fI I
w&*qs{rf}qbqqqn$vgolrqiq+rs'rqr
<Tr(ll 1\ ll
Slofru i't5. lf the five planets,the Moon, Mercury,
Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be together in one bhava,
the person born under their iniluence will be hcnoured
every wkre. He will have defective vieion and have
clatilnftcrl Adh" VIIL
II gTgT
qEgEfrTT:
II
Combinations of 6 planets in one bhava; there are 7 such
combinations.
q.ioRrgqrqtcrlGlqdtwtrfuq
qrilquqfufiriffioqrqig{tttfiqilr r
Uirreusqr*'qflEasg*: Rr{rfirwr{
s;qq{u'lilq fidqqnErfiCftd rrdsn RQtr
S/'rfra 36. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury,
Jupiter and Venus be all in one bhava, the person born
under the yoga will be a holy man calledaHg( (Tir,
thankara)dwelling in forestsand hills and having wife,
children and wealth. If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury,
Jupiter, Venus lnd Saturn combine and produce a
wlnazlq (Shadgrahayoga) the effect thereof upon the
personborn is that he will suffer from headache,
have a
sr. 37-38 stgrftsqrq! 626
#rs;q*dfiwr qqqiTsrdf
fi-etrq{rgntfi;gitarrQnqr
r
q;fqorqqa;qqqi(dia:
{T;rr frariqeuqrwr,ilt{ffitil lc tl
B/oArz 38. The person brrn in a wgealrr (Shad,
graha yoga) formed of the Sun, the Moon, Mara,
626 wreocrRad Adh. VIII.
be insignificant,
engagedin works not his own, afflicted with consump'
""t.-
tion and drynessof the nose and despicable. If the
$un, the Moon, Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be the
six planetsjointiy producing the yoga, the personwhose
birth is influencedby it will be a king's councillor,
bereftof the joys whi:h rvife, childrcn rnd wealth gir':,
but calmand contented.
utq{titftrRr*ruqroqtt
qtr; Q?rT{aKrll;rdh'r'ifiqrqq$qdi-
: q{isonq{q${i itoqm,{I6t{i I
{r{sqi gqiurt fh'rrg $dtofgrtRutrwgtl
d'rquitilqGi.{ftitqriqrftibt lr li ll
,dtqrq
Sloka 39. Whe u the Sun is in the several signs
beginningwith Mesira,the effect on the personborn is
i n o r d e r( l ) t h a t h e w i l l h a v es m a l l w e a l t h ; ( 2 ) h e w i l l
d e l i g h ti n m u s i c; 1 3 ) h i s m i n d w i l l b e f u l l o f c a r e
,.g"i,iing thc acquisitionoi learningand wcalth ; (1) he
will be ignoraur: (rr) he will be versedirr the several
the acqui-
arts and be clever; (fl) he will be devotedto
s i t i o n o i m o n e y, ( ? ) h e w i l i b e d a r i n g ;
( 8 ) h e will be
( be
esteemed ; (t)) he will be a petty trader; t0) he will
lacking
c l e v e ri n e v e r y k i n d o f e x e r c i s e ;( 1 1 ) h e w i l l b e
give;
i n s u c hj o y s a s c h i l d r e n a n d c h i l d r e n ' s c h i l d r e n
agricul'
a n d ( l z i h e w i l l p r o s p : r b y s u c h i n d t t s t r i e sa s
tural operationscarriedon by irrigation'
NorBs.
c/. ga;nna XVIIl-slokas l-4.
q{ .{quiEimqreqqar gtqft ifiIqqtr
qi.qd qfiEiffirqsest {rqiqqi ftqqr{ t
40-41 qgfrs.qrq: 627
gffiAni qnqRqlrfrgnther
lfritqefurrftoqr{
uggt tqrffifr{t n Bt tl
S/oAn 43, According to rhe posiciouof Venus in
the several cigns from Mesha onwards, the per;on born
will be respectively (') a gallant ; (, ) wielding large
influence due to the poeaessionof fortune, geniue,
friendsand kindred; (') learned, wealthy and wise;
( t ) c o w a r d l v ; ( u ) w i l l h a v e d u l l $ o n s ;( 6 ) w i l l f o l l o w
courEesof conduct preecribed for people lowest in the
socialscale; (') will be a king,s favourite; (s) will be
served by a set of bad women; (') will becomea lord
o f m e n ; ( * ) w i l l h a v e e n j o y m e n t s ;( t ' ) w i l l b e c o m e
addictedto unmarried girls; ('1) will be posseosed. of
fortune, learning, worth and amiable manners.
NorBs.
c/. 1qs*n+ XVIII-slokas 14-16.
{lrr?ilrtrqilqg(dc{Tgrfl "Sd}
mt: qtqqnrq* rMgr{rfllrur?eqqtl t
cudsgru'olRrR{qi ilq&q} ftv+rt
ilq'inqg'nfrqil{iEgi tqrqilftrfui , BB tl
Sloka 44. If Saturn occupy Mesha or any of the
other aigns taken in order, the personborn will reEpec,
tively be (') stupid (!) will not have much -".lrh
( t ) w i l l b e b e r e f to f m o n e y , s o n sa n d i n t e l l i g e n c e( o )
will be banishedfrom the joys derivable irom the kind
careof a mother (' ) will be disreputable( n wilt havc
)
very little wcalth and very few children (') will be
the leaderof a community, town or village ( s will
)
have a cruel heart (', ) will enjoy the dignity aftaching
to the poosessionof children, wife and riches (
" ) will
67
ililsfiR-sfi Adh, VIII.
%
tr-"t-t.r**-
planet aspectedby a propitious one will have children,
richec and enjoyments, will be handsome,honored by
his sovereign and exempt from humiliation or disgrace"
If the planet influencing a birth be associatedwith a
benignantone, the person born will be triumphant over
his foeein this world, conform to the dutiee and practi,
ceoappertainingto his birth and sccial position, and be
ahrewd enoughto understand(ascertain)the unexpreesed
wishes of others by their outwartl indications.
q;i tqrri $qrR*dtisil {qfrr
qqmgEil{*t di(i (t) q}q r
frerq{rsnTqr
ft e&qtqr;T{qqii*uqi gvt aqr
grq&inddrTq!gqftqq *rr A ii+{i Bd
S/oA,r 48. When the Moon occupying Megha is
aopectedby the several planets beginning with Marr
and ending wrth the Sun, the perron born under such
influencewill respectively be a king, a man of learning,
a personequalin Etatusto a king, one endowed with
every amiable quality, a thief, and a beggar. If the
Moon be in Vrishabha,and Mars aEpectit, the person
I orn will be one bereft of propercy; it \{ercury be the
aspecting planec, the perscn born will be a judge; if
Jupiter, an honorable person; if Venus, a king; if
Saturn,a monied person; if the Sun, one of a servant,
class. If the Moon be in Mithuna and the several
aspectingplanets be taken in the slme order as before,
the persor born in theieveral ceseswill rcspeccivelybe,
one defective in som: limb, a king an intelligent and
aagaciouoperson, a brave person, a villainous wretch
and a poor man.
632 qnactRwril Adh. VIII.
Norrs.
[]:g: fr41q1;z[ seems to be the correct reading in the 3rd pada
of the sloka. c/. Brihatjataka XIX-1. The translation will then
be " If the Moon be in Vrishabha, and ilIercury be the aspecting
planet, the person born will be a thief &c. ,'
cf . rrrsot
sTFgq{ilZqft' qqcrit qT{qqqft qrr: r
fr1:ffirrTr{tGqr e} altrft t\ u
Frorn this, it would seernthat ,,.daq " in place of ,,{R(,,
was the original reading.
qedrfirfrrrdg:
frRqTdrfqqlcqftr:
r
{pefb+: sFiq $qe! {rf{ft llilrd: lt
anrfiqmrt:flerqq:qFqiidte: r
gue}ivrt frrrr+tne+ffigo+tft:
rl
{grzsqn{rqt
zqt,nfilanvfratfQ
r
tqG Rqeql Ei utqr gqrcrrd: tl
wfrmqfirflil WrqRuqtra.d) rTilfiqq:I
rqf,tfisqnrtglq ftitfflfr {qfh tl
oU6qgFq) nr{: wra.iir'ftRqnafqnar
tqpt Rqrtfi nfiqret qEwm,tl lllll
+{mqfidr,t f}qqqgnqt: fld q I
qr+fq+;$Sd Wir rfi{tfhna;q:tr
qfrtrq $d?81gqfrut qsqilfrlqqq1
qqd qritqi rrqi grr rrrftt\ Srt rr
qrflqr+qfaftlqgfqnftrisq<{mar{r
qrqfr gla ae:arit Z\sgqqufid.nq r
fr rueqrwE(ndrfrryfi6q;dqfifi gotq.
I
'{ffinqfdfiFqnqfi
UGE:ilqftsd rr
gr. 4e qgdfscqrrr 633
lf,qqqnrlrqi $q qTnqrt;${ailil?qnrq. t
qRqrrftgrt rr
{rfiqgq+tr'rtfHiteTa}
qq(tqsiied gqt i"q sqr q gqrfrqqr
grRe+glfta Ggnee, {nl grt u n 1 ll
qflrqnqmnifrg{ oqrfqdgqfieq r
,uftg:ftaeeqrt
*frfr {Iftaao4:11
wfiggfrxrii garqilfqqqoqF{rqrq I
soh figq ffil qlq fiftffisqqqq rr
urqlnrqasqrogtt aqrrfiaq frt q r
qftqqeos{riftgq g{{tRna;q; 11
Rqrilerqr+ftpqriiqsqrqqfRoq{ r
qrF{slfiqafiq: s.iffr gaitffi figt rr
qrgqfaqrcqqdinrfiqrq.lqftiFrft' r
frut sut gtfrqggunftrfiftgaetrr
greim-varftagefigeRrfdafia qrflqI
urqi o)*d*i figt rfi-ifhaa=q:rl il1tl
qit qrRrl?
qqrgruAnoffittrt{qq
3Trdiusfiddqftrffiqtsinqqr r
qrr nlkan{ qfr initr qT{ifr$ frair
u;qrd qfH Ru: quffdrftarf-ffior get Bq
Sloha 49. If the Moon in Kataka be aspected
severallyby the six planets from Mars taken in order,
the persons born in the six caseswill respectivelybe
valiant, honorable,endowed with the highest poetical
talent, of royal rank, working in iron, and suffering
from ophthalmia. If the Moon be in Simhaunder the
rame aEpects, the person born will respectively be a
634 waEc]Qsril Adh. VIII.
qqilfaqtdtri{irqqiqgqfntqqi 9,ft r
g{nfi{Eflqln dt{itEt gxn.ee,tt
E{+qqiottszaqrig,ino,i;fnt r
Gta n,r Edtgefrgt{fqqaq'fr q nrit tt ll q ll
zq+)aatrrqraq$ailfl liftretqfqqr
wqrqiqfiafrqrqt8qndt gtt tt
pqmsaq"dftfha gult a t
frreqrqr{
*-qrqigae* qrqrfari aqiigtt tt
'qlfiq*pqfifh$ {iqrqrc{g Gaf+i gflilq. I
srfn{,i m-qrqiqqqfrfqgutgtfhdsFq:ll
q;gaira g{ta yaa*t gfraaw{q t
*oqtqi gteril qqqla fiqqdiqf, q;q: ll
t
*'qqi ngot ftfqqriiar.iifrrqqqr@{
nnaft*fiagP.d gnt uUw ftiifhaa;(: ll
qegfiqfiqgqrfaawrg+i gaftauqt
r,-qiqi wE: e'tqirqqi {fi ge'dll ll q ll
dits itq.itgeriisutrrdfttw{qq
qtl uoi*ti qitqgq{Acsrqrstl qoqgfI
ule {rirrft fiqra$sri rrqfrq'ialqgq
irql fh'ift+.itnoqitq\ st gqftqtr tt \o tl
S/oAa 50. When the Moon in Thula is aspected
severallyby the benefic planets, N,Iercury, Jupiter and
Veoue, the persons born in the several cases will be
respectively a king, a mint-master and a merchant. If
the Moon in Thula be aspectedseverally by Mara, the
Sun and Saturn, the person born in each case witl be
impotent. If the Moon occupy the rign Scorpio and be
636 ila{qrftEre Adh. Vm.
cf. {Tr<t{dr
s{qqaqr&nraalftqi *rrfiry.n a t
sTgiTqiltgo* walfarfiffi11a;q: 11
.
dTqqqR gq T{qllqFqqr.Tflgs'{ |
^-: \. \A
{qksatffidqfttqFiiqr
$ff edsftTrdt ftflfirt {ilqd q n
qqq|dqff}E
e{FtqqrfrEgr.rri +Tar
gqfilffirnsni wqqft{g{tfrel;E: 6
frqn-s Fqqaqiltcraqq Rs{i q t
qqqra-ffiEs)qtqqi q;4sr: # rr ll ( ll
q;i qgQg{dtg+ Rrqnwnqdqora:t
qt sqrffihrg*r twuur qqttwt erq tt\t ll
Sloftc 51. When the Moon occupieeDhanus and
has the aspect of benefic planets upon it, the person
born will have plenty of learning,wealth,wiedom, fane
and strength. When the Moon in Dhanur ia aspected
by Mars, the Sua or Srturn, the peroonborn under guch
influence witl be an arbitrator in a court and addicted
to courtezan$.
cf. nrc-d
yfrrara $th qI fieqraqtt'iqrt r
qrFsrsaiqFf qgqqgwrrtfrtaqtt
tqrqffrFq g'ii tleqra+atgaq{|
sFqFlgqqT.s nrit qgfr tt
ftfnga-eu,
qgr:eiqrqili ;q]frqftFqftqrfifigq q t
d,sft rt
gEd fRqrRriwrqr{
o{gqqt(gd :"ftss qFaq qrt t
eq{r{rcsqfe*{qtgsrFqc qq: tt
gMr fe qf,i'iigwr sxr"ittqson
s I
qrtEfqrqrdqrir*ee, dftq, tt
68
638 arnwfiwe Adh.vlu.
q=rttr+sq ffi(
{ftterQsei |
qEft gqElt t{ g{erq}q*gar n \\ ff
SiorAa55 The effect of an aspect upon a Raei
must be held tc apply likewige to its Amsa. The Rasis
as well as their Amsas when aspectedby or associated
with benefic planetsbecomebenefic or auspicious.
644 sriila;cfiErrfi Adh. VIII'
-##
cf.
rrfirqd\qg+ .rn] q qerflqt dql q"a I
ilfiqo qTFftifioql*qfqfqar q nfq-s{ lt
||
Il oerfqqrqftTer5-dq
qr{'d qR omlseqffiq\ qrd; gtqi f inrr
qeqnriiiuiqutr qqilsntd gqffi;rer I
il;ilqn{in gdmat{lqffi.qsttr{t
qii dwakii ^ ERrriwq;rrtt tii{qrq ll \q ll
S/o&a 56. If the Sun be in the Lagnabhava,the
personborn will have few sons, lead a iife of ease,be
.ruel, eat sparingly, with defectivevision, be given to
bo".iing in the battte-field, well-bred and acquainted
with the histrionic art. But if the sun be in the exal
tation sign also, tbe effect of it on the person born is
that he *itt a.tigrrt in the acquisition of knowledge and
virtue, be possessed of good vision, f ame and indepen-
dence. lf the Sun occupyingthe Lagna be in Meena
the perron born wilt be waited upon and served by
f"miler; but if thc Lagna in which the Sun is be
identicalwith simha, thc effectof it on the personbort)
i s t h a t h e w i l l b c n i g l r t r r l i n d b u t p o s s e s s i n gg o o d
strength'
Norrs
cf. 6nFI{' \ _. \ ^c \ \i _
df:qr;ti fqtqrqqt tqqulls{ laFq
'[qljt-q: I
iq qefioft{i{{r fhtqet
qaq tt
dlts-*sq' {fttt-(qh ge,.IE{:
Also 'nottitq;t
elsfrseq+q'f*,qtosaq,*){t qqr*ait
5t. 57-58 qg*serrq: 616
qrRq-ilqo)fiaelq,it qnFilrqiqia tt
The Sun in Leo causes blindness at night. In Cancer, the
Sun causescataract in the eyes. The Sun in Libra causesblind-
ness. The Sun in the Lagna causessome defect in eyes.
qfttrrfu.gq.riqfttrydirl
hqq qrq{iei g rrilgt{ I
drqq+i q{qdi{gsqilot
Kililfi qii i\rrgFtfriinq tt \e ll
S l o h a 3 7 . W h : n t h e w . r n i n g M o o n o c c u p i e st h e
Lagnathe p:rsrn born will be deaf, defective,in some
limb and a menial servanL. lf the Moon in the above
position be also in conjunction with a malefic planet,
there will be no vitality in the person born and he will
soon be dead If the Moon in the Lagna be in its exal-
tation or own house,the effecc of it rs that the person
born will have abundrnce of wealth, f,rrne and much
beauty. If the Mcon in the L-rsnabe full, the person
born will attain long life and becomelearned.
c/. gaslnq
- {ilEit*saftsfrqqdt'ri gi swt
fis
6
1i}ffi flsrrilrnqqr{it t
11E
turdgilq $et q'Etriqi itrGfinEt tl
S/oAc 61. Rahu occupying the Lagnain the sign
owned by the Sun, promotesprincely enioyment in the
midst of affluence; Ketu produces longstandingwealth
and offspring when occupying the Lagna in a house
belongingto Saturn.
il8 crd6crftqra Adh. VIII.
il &frqtl
sFft qrcl"qErfisqtrqrtqt
Rdqrit Rrqrfr t
urqturaqr{rfirR&i
AmrfrafrT{rqffit Qq
Sloha 62, When the Sun is in the Znd bhava,
the person born will be liberal, possessedof property
in minerals, cherish even ill-wishers and will be
eloquent. Il the Moon be in the Znd bhava,the effect
is that the person born will b: fond of women, beloved,
of agreeablespgech, shrewd at guessing the covert
purposerof others, fond of study and possessed
of richee.
Errlrtqdt gq*qosqtrrd
qr(f {Tqalqiirngft
ga I
tfrirffiaI gr+qqirqas&ffqt
inqrsfi'rUggi qia E;gqrttt qq tt
Sloftc 69. When Jupiter occupiesthe 4th bhava,
the personborn will be eloquent,wealthy and possessed
of comfort, fame,strengthand personalbeauty,but of a
crafty dispc,sicion. When Venus is irr that bhava the
personborn will be over ruled by his wife though
makingmuch (boasting) of bis comforts, fame,wealth,
intelligenceand lcarning.
qrqrcdqlsqdtq qlil {tiiEfr rrrggt g& |
u* q-ozrRqirqriqi*ii\ ge& q q{FTfldllrro 11
Slofta i 0. When Saturn is in the 'lth bhava,the
personborn will b'e lacking in the observancls pre'
scribedfor his caste,will be crafty and causingtrouble
to his mother. Wlren Rahu is in that position the
personborn will keep in the seclusionof a seragliohis
wives and such othersas stand in a similar relation to
him; and when Kcttr is in the gra (Sukha4th) bhava,
the personborn will be a reviler of ottrerpeople(scandal'
monger).
sI. ?1 qgilstrrfqr
NorBs'
Brihat Jataka.
If the Sun, Mars or Saturn occupy the 4th house,the person
born will have no happinessand will be troubled in mind. If the
Moon, Jupiter or Venus should be positedin that house, the person
will be happy. Mercury in that position will make the native
learned.
q-o.4lffdr
qqqflqgfaqqTfigorgftfig6q
qqqgs zqfttqr qlrflqiiqq{(q. tt
g1,it,fi sr.ft gA 1=d) FgQfrr('H{rr:
tl
geQ (gi) fig6-rrqn)oitgroqqrfl! u
Rreql{l{qTgqFrq : gER(gt) glqg(fr{qFqtE{}ftil
q'* (gil; qlqgeFqR;aagnal$raqr;rTrFqd: ll
gqrqqgqflq{Hwrqqq=t g& (+i}) rr
g:dtq(rt-(qTiqrqBgil +re}qtrlogt (ni}) rr
aeTiufi (q+) g:6rgg1e{rg:
6qftFgdttl
,irfr*qrqaqa'tgr+r'rgjharq
gQthnl;nuefkfriqqt rr
ll qQlqq.tt
qm&qqeugftfmr
*nqutofgri iitil t
qqd a'rt qdid u uq 1i
q;eftqttrmqqrErTgdafi
Sloka 7l. A personborn with the Sun in the 5th
bhavawill be a courtier with an unsteady mind and
will sojourrr abroad. When the Moon occupiesthe
g"rttir (Puthra bhava, 5th|, the peroon born will be
high,minded,rich, ccmpassionatc and diligently bent on
doing what has been determined upon after deep
deliberation.
70
\
qriFsqfi(crtir
664 Adh. VIII,
\A\AC
ims?nqgc{{tEl{ti6l I;TIITII
$rdt q;ii q qR qenqiqili I
ffTfqqn${ol gilEtdit-
iiqrqrirEognrgai q{t i lt sq ll
Sloka 72. If at a pcrson'sl-rirtli, M.rrgoccupy the
5th bhava, the person b:,rrnrvill be cruel,of wandering
h a b i t s , r e s t l e s s ,d a r i n g u n r i g h t e o u s ,v o l u p t u c u s a n d
wealthy; if Mcrcury bc iir tlre ga (lutra, 5th) bhava,
the personborn will b: prolicicrrt in sacredtexte and
in the art of ovcrccning focs by magicspellsand will
be blessedwith a family cf wife and children, wealth,
learning, fam,:and st.rengtir,
qd guirit{qKsqf}mrvq
qiq16ffii g(gt gmriiqri t
qqriirqqErarfoq{tot
tqr$wqitttqqt q g* u u1 11
Sloku 73. Clever in counsel, virtuous, possessed
of choice riches br:t with a paucity of sons, will the
person be at wh,rs: birth Jupiter occupies the sth
if Venus be in that bbava, the personborn will
h<-ruse;
have good sons, friends, wealth, much beautyand (be
the masterof) commandan arrny and horses.
qdifirg{gr*t qqoq q{t
qriiriieriifiqqr gilrsigr r
{idqrgtqqs g(t fiofit'
*d narqrtofiutd{ ilrfr tt sB tl
s[|;kui 4 . The personborn with Sacurnin the 5th
b h a v aw i l l be iusane, Iong,lived, unhappy and f ickle,
sl, ?5 elgqlsEqIzT: 665
nqgqu
flqt E[ir{rqqsqi;iEqT*a'Trirffrqiq.{Hqrt Rih t
qr( qiryrq*rti{T*qd u'frsn?qiir"ft iqqTgltt
3T"rrrgt
.Sir;Air75. i f ;rt th : lrir tir c'f a nersLin the Sun
o c c u F ) /t h . : C t b b h l v a , t h e p t r s o n h o r , i b: ltrstful,
"rzill
b r a v e , h o n o r i r J b y k i ; - i - s .f u l i c f s c i f . c s t c . m ,r e n o w n e d
668 crfrscrFdre Adh. VII I.
ilqi fffiolsft{rtsqtct
fimqilffilidi ugh ftgQ I
qarrrrtRqftrioqqadtar
{rqt mr dtst tft {eqft ll \esll
Stoht 77. Th: person bor,r *]th Iupiter in the
6 t h b h a v aw i l l b e l u s t f u l ,v i c t o r i r u so v e r f o e sb u r w ; e k ;
w h e n V e n u s i s i n t h a t b h a v a , t h e p e r s o nb c r n w i l l
s u ff e r f r o m s o r r o w a n d c a l u m n y ; w h e n S a t u r no c c u p i e s
t h e ( t h b h a v r , t h e p e r s o nb c r n w i l l b : g l u t t o n o r r s ,
afraid of troublesomeopponents,lecherousand we,ilthy.
n* figerqG fHmftr?trW,q;(gt$drart
q;gfffiqnlfur{rtqr?qq{qi
ftg} v tfr rr\edll
Slrrftzr78. If Rahu be in the 6th Lhava,the person
born will b: of good birth, subdue his foes,enjoy long
sl" 79 qcfrsqrc: 567
Norrs'
Brihat Jataka.
T h e S u n , M a r s o r S a t u r n o c c u 1 . ' y i ntgh e 7 t h h o u s e ,w i l l m a k e
t h e p e r s o ns u f f e r h u n r i l i i i t i o na t t h e h a u d : o f l ' e l r e n . T h e I \ t o o n i n
t h a t p o s i t i o n w i l l n r a l t e l r i r n e r r v i o u si l n d e - . i c e e d i n g loyv e r h e a d
a n d e a r s i n 1 o v e . l f N l e r c u r l , b e i n t i r c 7 t | h o u : . . et ,h e p e r s o nc o n -
cerned rvill possessa knowledge c,f the lir.ws and rules of the
c o u n t r y . J u p i t e r i n t h e 7 t I b h a v a r v i l l u r a l i et h e n a t i v e e x c e l h i s
f a t h e r i n h i s q u a l i t i e s . I f V e n u s b e p o s i t c d i n t h e 7 t h h o u s e ,t h e
person born will plomoie quarrels and rvill be forrci of sexual
union.
s'oitk{r
zqfaeqsf,tqFh(r<i) s"z'rrqrtqqqd{ tl
et (a-11eu:qirdiq{gqfadl;iisfiqqrr: ll
e+sfiadt irlrilsrt 1si) sa,il diltd tl
qrslsrfr(n) qrtqq,flF{nqfRqrqrfiqrqffanr{tl
fi.q.f,tgi{I;qE(Uii sf?rgqq6ldlg{Itsf}t: l,
! n \ \r
frrllqqfril{d zd+.4qqt61qq(gfi) ll
.nIrTFt
dqt g{Trfrdlfi:dls':qiifi6e: rt
elnsnqq]qq irril) sqfigits?'ii:
qn;alseq{t:
ll
qt (h.itt slqrlqqdl{fiqr-aii.rqH:q{Kfagfrtqqqrgilfi{l
\ z \ {
il srgT{qtl
q*i{{rql $ou{iutr q{qqe{ q {fi q Eflr I
1 A
wir.g*srqtiaiqiiqnrlor
{r{rk ult raqft ttdRtl
Sloka B!. Thc person born with the Sunin the
8 t h b h a v aw i l l b e h e a r ! ' w i n n i n g s, k i l l e di n d i s p u t e sa n d
discontented; if th: Moon be in the sreqrrra(Ashtama
bhava),the in{luenceon the person born is that he will
be eagerfor war, liberal,fond of amusement and learning.
ffiaq,ii q;rqq qq{r'rqflgil GtTrK(! srrttsI
Rfrfrnwqw{R* qalgqnftqgissq0
n cl tt
560 qrdscdtqrt Adh. VIII.
Nores.
Brihat Jataka.
If the Sun, Mars or Saturn should occupy the 8th house,the
person will have a limited number of issues and will have a
defective eyesrght. If the Moon be in that position, the nativc
will have a fickle mind and will sufier from diseases. Mercury in
the Sth housewill causethe native to be widely known for his
good qualities. Jupiter or Venus in the 8th bhava will make him
base.
r6-6?.1fr{r
{dtlntg:gqqq+}fiqnEEfiqqrr: ll
\ z \\ \
at (q-4) {Fqefig: ll
gmnnfrFqa:rr
Sds{q;rseqEfr'rq
fipflilrcqf)rug: gierF&qftilsetqueiartt
frit qlqiitew +gx.rr{tqlgfi+set
ll
fragqfqorfEiqfinqet nfrqr:(+fi:) ll
trtq\ zftftqi qfrqrits$rfl}st: :
Hetr;ilqqrfrfl
m,,qrqligftc'
rlwrglgflaq ffi ErilTq+seqrqq: (tr*)
sqrgftEfiG{,sEq r;}r (til) trq{ii6aq61{f{6q}q11
il lrt{Ts-qll
A\A\A.l-rrn--Ca
smERI ;HqRQIIITq{geffiT F{tIITtT?til!
H{6{ftrdqspft gep}iIEII
";t qtt ftxfts(ftqr<<raf
Wfr g{amt
dr+} qffi g qfiqiiqs ildt gflrrrtrrr dq
Sloku 86. When the Sun is in the 9th bhava, the
perEonborn betraysantipathy to his parente and cpiri,
trnl preceptorsand betakeshimself to a religion differe.nt
from theirs; when the Moon occupierthat bhava, tk
person born will be devoted to his duties towards the
7l
w qfdTcrQqre Adh.vI[.
Manesand the Godsand bestowliberalgifts ; the pereon
at whose birth Mars is in the gth bhava, will be
associatedwith somethingwrongand untowardtowards
hie parentswhile enjoying renown in otherrespects ;
whenMercury occupiesthe lrfrsra (Dharmastthana,the
fth bhava), the personborn will be in possession of
wealth righteously acquiredand will be learnedand
virtuous.
{Trtqfrt {no(ffi *? eqrtqn}
ffimorgeftqqr gh grtt qfr t
qt nnq'JaltdwrdCIFqrdffi qd
rrrq* Uqi g uffi6q1 qdfiwt ilcatt
Sloha 87. If Jupiter be in the 9th bhava, the
penon born will be wise, devoted to his duties and
will eerveao a king's minister ; if Venus be in that bha-
va, the person born will be conspicuouE a! a posEeolor
of learning, wealth and a family of wife and children ;
if Saturn be in the Bhagya (9th), the pereon born will
becomecelebrated in the battle.field and will he rich
but without a helpmatein life; if Rahu occupy the 9th
bhava,the person born will hate his lawful father while
pocsesoingfameand wealth.
NotBs
Brihat Jataka.
Varahamihira unlike some Astrologers gives good efiects for
the Sun being posited in the 9th house. The person will be
endowed with children, werlth and happiness. The effect of
Mercrlry in that bhava is similar to that of the Sun. The Moon
is very good in the 9th as the native will possesssons, friends,
relations and wealth. Mars in the 9th housewill causethe persn
to commit sinful actions. Jupiter or Venus in that position will
make him devout aud philosophical.
q'cdft-dr
Rqqds} flHflfig{ilqfgtqGqqat: tt
qfr fHqrt'{:tt
nrfir(rrfirft)g,{qqleqgrEq
ZqgEf\Fqlsild:gt ffrqTf,fi:(gi; rr
fiqrqtqrtfi: R-6d{ft{gt vr.n{toiisfiqpCt
tt
Fqrd:fl?Hfiq: gt (g(})siearqeru{afrqr: 11
flqRgTr.qi fhftqoqqrrqgt (g*) ll
{Fqrqliqqilrdq&dRilrQ gt Bt.' t
qfirt (trdl qnX{trrlotg1qtflf
ilsg,rq{Ru
qlqdiqg,rfrqrrnuetr
qrfiqqqrdqn{qErTr(
vT thilt rr
ll EdFTqrl
qmRqtffi fffiddo-
ftqrqqiFugeisEftqroaeq
!|
qi co firqt qElffiqEq-
qvnqeaftumwrffi'osll cq ll
Slola 89. When the Sun is in the l0th bhava,
the person born will have hereditary wealtb, vittrre,
learning,fame and strength and will be a king's peer;
when the Moon is in that bhava, the person born will
684 qrdlFtrRil* Adh.vrn.
eageilyseekand obtain wealth, corn, apprrel, ornaments,
dalliancewith women and skiil in the arts.
will suffer degradation. The l{oon iu the l2th is also bad. The
native will be wickedly disposed and defective in some limb.
Jupiter in the l2th makes the person a villain while Venus iu that
position urakes him rich.
q-dElftdr
fr'dt|qrifi{,o}a} fiqqgi 6qqqt(s}) rr
aqt iluri|g:dt{ftrfr rRndiwe-ar,
tt
gi auafiAf,:Ehifsqli) ftgalsqrr:11
"et
{ti} frqrfiqla:rfiuenRils<}
tgU ztfrwga tl
ttq] fr+uasrr6q+
licaq:mfrsog:tat, 11
qgqrqfa6q+flrfiMngrfrt rr
fr.iwrtgfr"q+({+) sqfr*e}
Kil fixqrft'n'
rr
qsarEndf
qE6qq+ii
ft:hsgt+frRa:u (rr$)
fi'h Gtq{frqfqftq q qtd:tl
q;dasrqqqq-"qqqE{Tqi
wd Rqarq*q1Quatrnqiil dt(ft
frsqrrEt{qE!sffidTq3rEttilrd+rrt
gqt
f i {rrfrqtia}wqfr'ff'qrlwerfu
qti iitr{q! glrro'qgtfter{ {qnlfrql tl to" ll
Sloht 100 When the Sun is in exaltation, tbe
perEonborn will possesswealth and commandan army;
if the Moon be in the position of exaltation,the perEon
born will have rich food, clcthing and ornamentB in
abundancebut will be cursed with bad sons. When
Mars occupies the exaltation sign at the birth of a
per6on,the latter will be valiant. lf Mercury occupy
the position of exalration,the personborn will raise the
Etatusof (advance)hisfamily, will rule over men, willbe
talented,victorious over hi*foes and live in happinecc.
7L
6?o ilrrTdtq Adh"v[t.
If the planetin exaltation be Jupiter, titrepersonborn
will be the founderof a long enduring family, will
pooEeEs moral worth, will be clever, learnedand in
royallfavor.
gh ffi furq{frilrqf,{ilUsffq}
qti mq$ndqtRfrqftqfin:Uqrftrillt
qrtl qhqiilqqs Sffin! qKs$6ff q*
*ft qlmq atqlrrqffiq] qrqt n lot tl
Sloka 101. If the planet in exaltation be Venut,
the perron born will be fond of the compaoy of gay
women, mugic and dancing; if Saturn, the personborn
will have jurisdiction over a village, town or Eome
forest region and will be addicted to unmarried girls ;
if Rahu, the person born will be a robber chief, the
chosenman of his tribe, heroic, addicted to evil deedr
and possessed.of wealth; if Ketu, the pereonborn will
associatewith thieves and enjoy the lavor of Eorne
petty king.
cf. *rorr+tr?r+t
U{ dqrrt qra: frrn-ssqtlqq I
Rt dq.rt qrdl qqq;qr&q\qiq rr
qli dq,Th qril qi ilqT rrficqfAI
n]* drqqirqrii {i;qf}rqqqlnqr( rr
gil ellqnt qril qfi il;qrGilqi( r
gh e'lqlt qrii rrqfhqqqrnqr( tl
n* elqqt ildl wqftqed qqs rr
qo<hQ*r
qt sft ftq'lail qqftraqqlfqfr
'
qRhftsnraftqRnnq-qrqr{r :I
sl. 102 qtdfsrnrrq: 671
sqKgulegilqqf1fimqrfrqqr
q+ qilfRff** fiorq gnl*trt rr
Also qf;rsfrrdmr?:
{f1:qqusg;{d,ilr, {F: motf}fE4rq{: I
soscftqTgc, sqFq)rrrFi[.(:
grt rt
froqqqgifr qrqrf+iq *rfqfiRt r
q$ffdr sm+gq sqF,ilRqrrr uti rr
sqearqrt$ ae nawgfrElqr
ZrSoa-ergieqrq)qga,greirr
frq] gRqfrd qaRq{: fr,qro*R}.,r
eTftqfrfrt{i*^;i qlrfagoartsrr:flftq: tt
Ftl{I{: U,r3tn:W{{q{{a qo-sdgRa: t
.q-d 11g{taia gu{t sq,il qq tt
hilri srd q{t ffi q rrrq;n:+fin: r
qqilfr-orrrflfrfugFqrr:
{i tl
gsrtfigRf{pqnsmar$ {f, r
lfr urq*d qrqrqlvari: fifi 11
1ir gwfru: uqwfiiarqqfhqiUr; r
wq+orqfllqfreaeqfgq: gpi 11
wf+r: F,{ffi atqrilit fq"qrqiqqwi} a: 1
qmqftarqo]'qrmgqn{: f}fra. 11
qs: RrgS{'tei ftrrtr?ttiq(,r
t rFd{d gETdq
ff to? ff
SloAa l0Z. Even one planetoccupyingits exaitation
aod aspectedby friendly planets can makethc
*rr*,
born uader its influence a lord of the carth, eaioent
and honorable,and secureto hirn alliee.
672 qffifiilrt Adh. vlil.
Norrs'
qrF.vII-56 1upra.
qugt srlil:qqr;ft udt
qrt<il rn(ai ftS qqrqrfrs-rfidlqtq t
sq{tg rsftg qoqr{Hg qlrdrrt
waqiqqig gfrrnflrtg dhryt, tt 1"1 ll
Sloha f03. When a single planet occupiesits etal-
tation in strength, the person born wiil possessplenty
of conr and wealth. When two planets are in their
exaltationand possessstrength,the person born will be
a feudatoryor tributary princc, When there are three
suchplanets,the pelsonborn will be a king; whert four
such planetsoccupy Kendra positions, the personborn
will become a pou'erful king of kings. When five
planetsoccupy their exaltation signs in power, the
person born will becomethe lord of the whole world.
cf. floc-df{r*r
q{qdi iln<r flqlfrdfiqrqfr t
Ad+ q fltq"dfqrri! rq'iqft:tl
c \\ \\ n
qdqilq flqrz^gI( qelq e,Ifiqlq;fi: ll
ll {uffiqq6so{ 11
ilte qfr Wsiqrtt qr,iitrfr qflrqr
q* iq-dgr{rFqeq
eR fr{i flI{tidf I
ilrrri qffi q{i g{gt rir.ii ilrcftqr
gh rrqgfli\qurftt q[t{gufr qal ll I "8 ll
SloAc 104. lf the planet in the qsB*lo (Moola
Trikona) be the Sun, tha personborn will be wealtby
andreveredby the people; if it be the Moon, the perton
sl. r05 qfr3qs: 673
it**
Moon that is in qte (Swakshetra), the person born
will have power, beauty and wealth; if Mars, he will
be famed lor his agricultural strength; if Mercury, he
will be learned; if Jupiter be the planet occupying
eba (Swakshetra),the person born wili be devoted to
poetry, the arts, traditional doctrines and the sacred
Ecripturesl if Venus,he wilt b: intellectu'rland wealthy;
if Saturn,the person born rvill b: distinguished by
fierce prowessbut bereft of happine. ; if Rahu be the
planet in q*a (Swakshetra), the person born will
possessfame and wealth.
'flaqTq{qqit:
c/.
qrIE5\ {q} c}h qtlqq sqlqfi t
ll
ff| sqrn:rrg&qtGqEInfr
ewrt g+........qqd q{qrfi |
gt an*urfi1' frfeil qaanft11
qfi 61;tr:grffia.qu' qTt gil r
eq,td;afi{, g* nfl fi-q: gAqa: tt
qqrRqraflftrqtsqffi qrrfuqirtrlrqftger{qt I
qqGfh q&drtrAqkffiltfuutuguurll l"Q ll
Sloko 106. It is exactlyas a net grows with the
growth of iis meshesthat a man attains a position of
equality with his tribesmen,a position of superiority,
an honoredplaceon account of comparatively higher
wealth, pre-eminencefor vast riches, e status equalto a
king s or a kiogship itself according as the number of
planeu occupying eha (Swakshetra),at his birth hap-
peneto be one, two, three, four, five or eix rc*pt:ctiu+fry*
sL l0T rrl$slap; n6
NorBs,
cf, g{sckT6
SoHITgogFqqogKqT
{igthrr)fiZq: d{tqar U
l_l_r_l
planets **"
,Seven | I
I occupylng | |
i-':"::_!'""I
, their own l-l
rt.
u piter
I'.,,l":,.i-",-
|
u fhetrqoqrr
wqt q+{
ffiTqn r* esggrilr
mtt rgqrnftreqqiHcrfr mr<+ |
qrfirgiqrgfurerwn-
Rrr{rng{ftrqr
ftfr gtgtqtqt Ttrdrsrrtrr I oefl
ffi frETds
Sloku 107. When the Sun' is in the house of a
friendly planet, the peraon born wiil have firm. friends
and will be liberal and famous; when the Moon is in
such a porition, the peraon born wiil be esteemed,live
in comfort and have wealth ; when Mars is in a friendly
houce the person born wifl enjoy the favor of
ricb
friends; when Mercury is in that position, the person
born will be most witty ard jovial; when jupiter
occupiestbe house of a fricndly planet,the person borc
will delight in the society of the learned aad the virtu.
ouo ; when Venus occupiessuch a position the erfect
ir
that tbe perron will be h"ppv in the society
of hra
r?6 ql-drqrRqrt Adh.vln.
c/, nrcre-di
flarq.igtn il fh*'I$qr&il Ow,rr
qrqqgiqml Efirfifrrdt,li6o),FztTit:I
qrqoftErwiq{agfrfit-q1,
fr16,11
73
678 qrilfqrRtf|i
Adh. vIIl.
\\
wilqf,q+:sriqefrnd fr'rry'fidl r
qefti\oqgq:<rR ll
R<fiuiqiqqrEqqgqR
sHfr*i'ft{gqrqTs
srqi}TrqrI
wrftrtrt
Trt$qrti ltt tl
Sloha | 11. If there be three planetsin their exal,
tation eignsat a birch, the person born will be a king.
If three planets occupy eha (Swakshetra), it is "a
minister that is born then. If three be eclipsedat a
lrrson's birth, he will be a glave. If three be in depres,
uion eigns,the person born is an idior.
c/. srwd
aEqil qiqiii qfi,i +lslFqdHEr$q( I
ilrawTrTldiqwft q trq: qfril{ ll
a} *TQro}$edrgp,66 q;gxfid q-qq I
q{r6{TEeRo rqrqqil}Fre*fiqrn: rr
fffu1p
{rmr.itftdi{rrftq\qTKr
\9
{tdtd rt mEgrr*ftqfr
tM rr\ ' I
qt + gr*l qrqdr
{qfr R*oisUeq,qftqr
qti ql-qr(sldt g Ud* q;tssE:frsr$CIt
f t1
Sloha 112. When the Sun is in an inimical
houee,
the pereon born will sacrifice the convenience
of his
father and engage in the serviceof others
; when the
Moon is in eucha position, the person born will
studi,
ously causeaffliction ro his mother and will suffer from
heart dieease; if Maro be in a houseowned by an eoemy,
sl. 113 qgltsrqrq: 679
u ftRrftso{ rl
flTA ffi g qftirwgt {ilt tes
rftdfi wfrftqguqqrEr{Si 5dH}q* t
gfr e;gi*tqaEsRrgf
fr*sqqrqt
eur
U* grcrer{ft lril{qdts}frqqrqor llttsll
Sloha IL4. If the depressedplanet be the Sun at a
person'sbirth, che latrer will be an abandonedperson
without friends or relations and bent on going into
exile; if it be the Moon, the personborn will be ailing,
with little religious merit or wealth to help hin; if
Mars, the person born will be ungrateful and indigent;
if Mercury be the depressedplanet, the person boro
will be base and hostile to his relatives; if Jupiter, he
will be under censureand disgraceand turn out to be
wicked; if Venus, the person born will be intent on
sl. 115-116 qg*sqrlr frl
U{ qr{M{Eatqrff{frs5oqll ttE ll
oCaS
*r' $i fiqqifRiiqqflrerqHtai
arfrr,1oiqqifaaiTqrfAqlqlfAga:
r
ireqlilil gt+f+tfia)esq|1crft+.{t
1n) aer<fQqeqfi: f,rqqiqrf'-qd*tt
n qrgqrrqftd(rqrTrn} q farqlai qrtnqrfi t
n qEi(fqTd&qrflr+q]Ranqii 'qn{rffl{iFttl
fuaq{qEGfiar qgrd}qqmr*qs.Hqr
t
ftqefiuqqq Rrirfir fftqqrqft q=rci qil n i tl
Sloha 2. When gfu+ (Gulika) is in the Brd
bhava,the personborn will be distinguished by aloof,
nesr,pride,drunkennesp andsuchqualities, will dieplay
an abundance of ill te mper and burtling activity in
regardto the acquisitionof wealth,will be exemptfrom
distreusand danger and will be without brothersor
sigters'
NorES.
This sloka appearsin q6<tq+r.
n eTqqffiq ll
The narnesof the 60 yearscan easily be retnemberedby com'
mittiog to memory the following slokas'
q{AI ftq1: gg: qq}'}s'l qqlqfi: I
eiftn: 'itgqi rrril gri qIdTdt1 q tt
$+rt ag*"qa qfl"ft f]+q] w, t
fraur1:H,iISat ilqnr qrfti arq: ll
Hifr( qiqrfrq fail{tfiafr: GR:I
a-qi ftqq& q+ q-cqgielrr
tqaft Rtql q Rtrft {rdfrsq: t
st. 10-11 qqqlstrrFr! 689
a
whose birth is in the year Prajotp;r"tti will be virtuous,
bounteous,rich in sons and of a tranquil rJisposition;
the perscnwhose yearof birth is Angirasawrll be rich,
sagacious,experietrced and ever compassionate.
cf . {{ditd+
g{rT: lilf:f,qr{ }r\ft gaelrnrTf}q.t:I
fiarq.niguitva,Usqqtniqqq.tt
t qf*l'i'tqq' t
r{qlf;lliil Rfqqldi
tqoirrfln:gr{t ndt qiiE qrqd fu{, ,l
qcrqiqtzit qrif aqnernqilqri:t
tqqlqqq.fial mtlfarlg'qq: ll
+,rr1gc{ts qt;itI riinrra.ii'{ee?q:t
qqatt
',llqlgiqgeacaflsilarq?
cf" {fiflird
*qra. ggrft: m<: g:lqtl: g,tiit: t
"lqtgqggaa dieQs4qlar: u
qrqqqFgiqrniqir .u6 slqqqrTt
qrcit qnfin: nfroernugn, tt
*tffimig'iltiirflqlg.iqd?s(:
I
g{eft: qilc}ger"tgr,q}qiq rr
111;tr:
nf\\-
e.Iqlg: flr{nT qQlI qalEqqndFT{:I
ss,itqrqfwit xrqdanrt q&rr
dtqrff,fl qrttsqoqtS
utfr gourarr
ffisff ifgqr-qqiqrq* lilqt {Frq Ri,4q 1
T{t rTpTrdf
c'\A
{rldtfifi dqi ir*-gl gr*t
w(i Rirr{EiqtqR qatkdTrfrrffi1q u ll tl
Sloha 13, The person born in the year Easwan
will be prosperous, steady.mindedand a good judge of
merit; the person whose year of birth is Bahudhanya
will be a rich merchant,beneficentand voluptuous; the
person born in the year Pramadhi will be cruel, addicted
to evil, hot tempered,friendless but living in comfort;
the person whose birth is in the year Vikrama will tte
wealthy and valiant and commandan army.
cf , qEilcr-qi
En(:qnqi{q<qi
arqrRfeftila$qt gdt
nql {ie'(droiimqqq qrql6q{q qR I
s. 16-16 iadtsil|r' ts
{rr{t t{fltqqtsRrwr{ dr$ gdtiF{tr(
{rrqi qR u{qrRqfocrfreqt{qrcrftqlll t\ ll
Sloha L5. The person boro in the ycar Parthirn
will be a king unequalledfor his prosperityand happi.
ners; the personwhosebirth is in the yar Yyaye will
be lurtful, cowardly, immoral, staking his property in
gambling, and addicted to wickedoesE; the perron
whose year of birth is Sarvajit will be eloquent,
posseased of great physicalstrength, versed io cacred
ecriptures,virtuous,and conversantwith tbe real oature
of all things. The person born in the year Sarvadhari
will be well,todo, versedin the artsandliked by kings.
cf . tF{{-IliF[
TEqrfi{qqr.fr {rqfl:g{oHul:I
figiauzea qrfti qFritq(: u
qTqq(fl: dqf "qni tnqffrd: t
arrqflqrrtilaa\qrqrftlh rr
q+ffita: {RqrqftrrFqq{ut:I
FFf; FTdif{: T{Irl: g{fq:g{il q{: lt
qgiJs]q{t +rrr1q}rit iqHag+ eg: I
siqiRft il qR: sqlqrqitqi( tr
u:r+tggdT:frqnfrrer
nt frt"q-q+
qmfi qEirsrifilditqi q;aftqrd;{qtrI
qrfrwr-t wr
iidkt RgoilsitdmffIs
qEii'qqir ?qiMr q;{dfuffEt u tq n
Slokn 16. The person born in the year Virodhi
will be afflicted, delighting in the company of the
wicked and addicted to sinful deedsand cruel. The
7s
604 ltcrrrRtlrt Adh. Ix.
Fgqso+afq(qrnn:[rqrI
q
H{anRil{t ftitsq&fiqq:
ll
gso1qd6g.
tqTq: {oT#dFEft{q: 1
fqaeqqkq{a{ qil frtfia'ir, 11
qfr.fqrudtil {tqtg' qTflsft I
oriatar ftdqr t+{flqR ;R: tl
Hqrqti nEe:wt6rilsrqE( |
ordqtdtgrite*r qi} fiqnq'{q:t
ffiqffrsdqffi
qR qq{G qrflqwfr Zfr Ert
rc+tftffiilq;qnqffi-
dupf{deilvrqt16tfifior il ts tt
Sloka 17. If a person have his birth in the year
Vijaya, he will be virtuous, and will aboundin real
excellences. If the year of birth of a personbe Jaya,he
will be either a king or like a king. When a peroon
has his birth in the year Manmatha, he will have a
craving for seneual enjoyment and will be victorious
over his foes. The perEon who ie born in the year
gl. 18 mqlsrqrq: 696
nq*rrq q-Errftdtg:
fr-srq+ t
natft-m q *,fiflkfl\ itr tt
llsrrd"$rdlq ftqtEd
qrd ErqtFJFfr,
ggFIRtRsqttqqficsrlr $ot{llfit I
urft q;grdrg{rilft,il\drfrfrq;Edr
trqnqm.rtttfig{-udqtt}Eer sto* ll Roll
Slaha 70. The percon who ic born in the year
Viswavasu will have a high senseof honor, wilt be
fond of the comic and will evlnce admiracion for those
who are rich in mcral worth. The peiscn whose binh
is in the year Parabhtva, will be engagedin wickednesr
and will prove the ruiner of his family. The person
who has his birth in the year Plavangawill be lustful,
fond of relatives, evincing a partiality fur children and
rlow witted. The person whose yea.r of birth is
Keelaka,will devotehimself to divine worship and will
be exceedingly fortunate end valiant.
cf. ?FFrqRTfi
rgnia grfrqta.t
fturEgegqa:
{rFd:fl+goitti}EIdrfisraS{ gft: 11
\
KERKAq {lB: Qtffipq-q; 1
q{rqqFgqd:qqqFqftqFn, tt
sqfqift qrfr rt qqftfrfrffi 1
tto: 'ilKfr gu:q5ryq6\sgft: 11
fidt gftqTflffn] qr, t
qErGqrR:
ffi qfr(+d rKoqEs'qq,tt
{tnr:ffisffiq+{rt
il{nnq6{rdsft{ofr3 qrqqonqTo I
5e8 srdrqrRqri Adh. Ix.
ftaq;rrEtRRqet
frd fqf,oq?qi rriq
6rcfr qGqrog{htqlteisqr.mdqrq
t
ftarrii gtiqqfrftwr ftqritilar gqt!
qft tRquf,qr gQoqiqfat
g(lqni{l{ll 11 ll
Sloka 73. The person born in the year Pingala
will be a raint with his mind under controi and will
enqagein the practice of penances. The man whose
year of birth is Kalayukti will become an astrologer
and will have fortune, enjoymentand works of benefi'
cence. Tbe peraonwhose birth is in the year Siddharti
will be succeas{ulin his undertakings,will be reverent
tcwardc epiritual preceptorsand Goda and will be intel-
6m q|lffiAca Adh.rx"
Iigent. The p:rson who has his birth in the year
Roudri will be a rake,prverse,proud and wicked.
cf . ?FrTnffrm
Fe: +,+flilqiq]qq)qqtii{+( :
so{rcqRilrftfQqo;).qlat: tt
olmtq+nt:aril qtqrqqqa nsi( t
negsFg{il qi} ,r+ftr}tpn rr
ERfd&gil fid q].ftfinFnnq:t
q'* fr1ffi qrdrfrqreifqqdrrq:n
r,iraq w{i fQga:qnaq}( |
ilqqr.rt qrfr rq: eqrgfrt{+( lt
wmg{iffiqsqfr: ffiwrqsr
qdsffieqo-(Is qrqFgfrtrrr*rqt
g(dlq efttdffi furq
rr6su'r(ils
il<i r;gw{&*ftgwlr rinTltqsdufl{ ltlull
Sloka 24. The person born in the yearDuro.rti
will be lustful,dull-witted,distreesed
by afflictioneand
base-minded.The person whose birth is in the year
Dundubhiwill havea bodily frame distinguified by
big thigho,belly, arm!, and head, and will be h"ppy.
The personwhoseyear of birth is Rudhirodgariwill be
wise,truthful, happyand rich; the pereonwho ic born
in Raktakshiwill be of a tranquil mind, fond of rcla-
tives, exceedinglyfortunateand amiable.
cf , ?FTiTstkTfi
qd' *qn, +,rfiqdqqqqfrq:I
rqrdrqaqiAqg&il aee}qq: rl
fieilcnnlfrfrqfndqraqtfta:
r
sI. 76-|26 rdlsrrr 6r
,,
tnd.ft rcr*q: trqmtRn: t
gqiqlsqdtqrfr Rtilftmrt rr
irilfi HErq=ei'rtifi,(: flErI
gfia'mrr+g*rtl$+ifr ?R:Il
qrfr qnr fmqt;t ${Fff FgAfi *qfrgrtil <n( |
gruqr{td qrfrffitnrqqFt
fUsrqru ll 1\ ll
Sloka 26. The person whose birth is in the year
way6' a hater
$rodhanawill be a rake addictetlto evil
of lir relatives and devotedto brigandage. The perron
born in tbe year Akrhaya will be vittuouo, cheerful,
handsome,endowed with a high seose of honor and
o(emptfrom foes and ailments.
ct. *FTqfirr
qt+t: t
ilrqfr fidq' At qrCqrE]
+fir4 {t qr* qa{: qngfrirTR ll
36tr[6qq v1tqrfiT: w I
arqfrqdtqril qt qfRqftt: rt
n sFFt$gII U
sq{rqqug${sgqr{{T{trrforilq+ftGst
qftonfiws {qtrtqF*RdtqFlffitt(s ll tE ll
Sloha 26, The personborn in the Uttarayanawill
be devotedto knowledge and contemplationand u/ill
leada chastelife. The personborn in the Dakotrinayana
wilt be confident in hic speech mainaininga distinc-
tion between rpirit and matter and will be full of
eelf,conceit.
78
WA fitcwrftnri Adb. IlL
cf, qfirqkFh
lr qRTsoqrl
** duurqqqi?qtffiqqr ffi
t{re qR;ftrrq$ilurqTq'fudt
qrRrt
att qrfutttr$tdrfr u;rilnqr$rfrcr
qrvd.ftq* uqtgft{i q}.ft(taqsstt Rqtl
Sloko 29. The perEon born in the month of
Chaitra will devote himself to tl1e study of every art,
science and the scriptrrres and will be perpetually
engagedin merry.makingand delightingin the company
of women; if in the month of Vaisaka,he will be con'
versantwith every science,independentand hold eway
over Eomeregion; if in Jyeshta,he will be blessedwith
long enduring wealth and sons and versedin magicfor'
mulariesand their practical applicuion to ceremonies;
if in Aehada,he will be very wealthy, compassionate,
perpetually h"ppy but betraying an aversion to other
people.
NorBs.
fu (Chaitra), tcrrt{ (vaisakha), etc., are the names of lunar
mouths (qrqqtn-Chaandra masa), and are sotnamedafter the star
occupiedby the Moon at FullrMoon (qjoidl-pou.tami), d.e., the
end of the bright balf. Each lunar month consistsof thirty tithis
(ffi) commencing from S5c$trqq-r (Suklapaksha pratbarna the
first day after the New Moon) and ending rvith the following
qqr4rgr (An.ravasya'New Moon).
stt(l silEUFmQ
i+nqftiqdi ilirfr
arErtqneqqKq{qRd n*mcu-qq 1
qrt qwgfr qstqwiitqt ERfrrrqor
gsrsr5R* |MI ffirtr {Tft*ll lo ll
Sloka 3A. lf a pereonbe born in the montbof
qrilsil$ilu Adh"rx.
Sravanahe will devote himrelf to the worship of Gods
and Brahmins; if in Bhadrapada, he will take delight
in visiting several countries,be full of tbeorier and
inaginative;if in Aswija, he will be hostile to his
own people,indigentand base-minded ; if in Karthika,
devotedto agriculture
h,ewill be f rt.limb:d, broad,eyed,
and surgaesing in wealth.
gTgefrdmirqr{Hldq q{i
figqqotrrd ggarmus\ |
enPinP{qqlqnfl{qrrqlit
qRfr{gqriliq,regi{mo}o:ll lt ll
S/o/r4 31. If a person b: born in the month of
Margaseeruhahe will show reverence'to Gods, hi!
elders and his parents and will be virtuous ; if in
Puohya,he will be possessedof wealth, virtue and
strength and will havea prominentnose; if in the
month of Magha, he will be mischievoualy inclined,
though very attentive to his duties and well'behaved;
if in Phalguna,he will practisedaily beneficenceand be
fond of music.
il qqrssTltl
Eiltilqtqfi geft*qilftfr q{wr EqrgfI
s{ri{rfi ftqqr{qrs{;gtfi qft worqtttlq u
Slol;a 3?., If a personbe born in the bright half
of a month, hc will b: distinguished above others by
the fact of his being blessed with sons, grandsone and
richesand will be virtuous and compassionate ; if a
person be born in the dark half of a month, he will be
urging his own interest8, reverent towarde his mother
but inimical to his relatives.
sL &3-84 q-Rsqtc! 606
il $Toqeq tl
{i$tft cq{ftq(r qisfrfifl g(ft
crftrs
qtqrt qR uwgFquonr1 qrdiTG qff t
ct{qrow*rgnamiiarcJu: tlorqrs?fr
rr* arqsiqdwrgor qmd qrqtn li tl
Sloka 33. Tbe person born in the early morning
ic attentive to his duties, leadsa life of benelicenceand
is happy; the personborn at mid d"y will have princely
virtues ; the person born in the after-noon will be
wealthy ; the personbcrn in the evening will be fond
of fine scents and lovely women, base,mindedand of
wandering habitg; the person born at rright will have
the samecharacteristic as tir. on" bcrn in the evening.
The. person born at sunrisc will enjoy abundant
comtorts.
n ftftrq,q tl
qAtdrftwdr{itqR ft'fi i'qqftot
ffiqrqi tqrqgqoqatftrqorI
Aelqrqtgoqxq6qqrior{qg{r{
qguqiql{E1iqeTqgriq;er?goTf
il iB tl
Sloka 34. If a personbe born in lfrrq (Pratipada)
or tbe first d"y of rhe Moon, he will be very indus-
trious and lead a virruous life; if in frf,rqr (Dwitiya) or
in the 2nd day of the Moon, he will have abundanceof
splendour, cattle, strength, fame and wealth: if in
qaier (T'riteeya), he will be virtuous and very timid
and will have a sharp clear voice; if in aguT(Chaturthi),
he will be credulous, accustomed to wandering and
conversant with sacredtexts.
606 qrffiqrRid Adh. Ix.
qsrqrqR{orrrqxftft
I qn{l arnFercl
qwrqeqqot
ittoiooq,qr{itmflf}mr t
qwqi qftqiils qaqfdrtuqqqraiqdi
qwqrqRsRls!gaqtror ifiq'Rrrrrr\ lr
Slofto i5. If a person b: born in cqq.t(Pan:hami)
or the Sth day of the Moon, he will devote himself to
the study of all sciencesand the sacred scriptures,will
be lustful, lean and restless; if in vfr (shashti) or the
6th day of the Moon, he will have smallotrength,will
be equal in status to a sovereign, wise and of a very
angry temperament; if in qsit (Saptami),he will have
a stiff extendedvoice, lording over people, phlegmatic
and powerful; if in eredt(Ashtami),he will be exceed,
ingly lecherous,fond of his wife and children, and
phlegmaticin temperament.
cqdr fti"qaglg(t{il;trtfilfr q{sqi tteft
rrr{RrrrqgflqsoT<FTql
qlqq firrqi qdt t
aftAfi nurFqilifuEr{
t+*ruorqy{si
qdi qfteerll 1E ll
er{tqrqftgoT{ffr16rsrrfi
Siofra 36 If a personbe born in qEn?(Navami) or
the 9th day of the Moon, he will b: known ro fame,
have a charming person,but a bad wife and bad sons
and will b: iustful; if born in gttdt (Dasami),he will
be virtuous, with a clear,voicedwife and sons, pros-
perous and wealthy; if born in {rrfift (Ekadasi), he
will revere Gods and Brahminsand will have many
servitors and wealth; if brrn in Er{rit (i)wadasi), he
will be engaged in very beneficent works, will be
liberal, wealthy and leprned.
TmqrqtgFqquffifr{rqtq rfl{rt
sl.3i-39 qc*sqrq:
II EITTfi'OTTII
qnt ft gafu{roi{qilgqlReqrt
frur
mrdtqrnqgfugrtfii diqigqrtqqrt
iF't3qE(qrEsrdfi(fi qqgqrt qET
iqqrsurqFsr(f,{qarfr.qe ErirEttt ld tl
S/oAa 38. If a person be born on the day of the
week sacred to the Sun, he will have a lofty senseof
honor, with brown hair, eyes and figure and will be
lordly; if on thc day of the lr4oon,he will bc a gallant,
with a lovely form and will cver be tender-hearted;if
on the day of Mars, hc will be cruel and concerned
with daring words and deeds; if on the day of Mercury,
he will honor Gods and Brahmins and will speak
-
politely.
r"ETqlft+errqWrqr{aqrfi lftdfr
qqt{qiriryc frft+ riiiqr irTqdsI
qqqrqqfu {trqrlqg{ltr('|qEilF{ril'
608 qrdrwRqrt Adh.rx.
tfr wgwr*tq${rd q;qarqrtrgqlu iq tl
Sloka 39. If a personbe born on the week day
dedicated to Jupirer, he will perform sacrifices, be
popular with kings, have noble qualities and become
celebrated; if on the day sacredto Venus, he will have
corn, lands and wealth and be universally popular and
devoted to gallantry; if on the day of Saturn, he will
be for the most part dull-witted, living on food and
money supplied by others, indulging in inconsiderate
utterances,assumingan attitude of hostility and cleverly
boycotting the whole body of his relatives.
tiqisqqd,fiqtqitt.-'iiil rlrsn(
W iqftfi.onile Uftrtr q*lffiilft ilq BB
Sloias 't0-44. p
+
o
T
rTwrq
-tz nrlrnir. ^ 4U1
Presiding
q?nq{Ir{T: qITiT Specialmarks The name
of identifi- in English
t
\r
lJefty Synonyms Caste
cation Astronomy
l qiH qllFiT
${F: Turanga. {n! Vaisya 3 Spots in
As w i n i The 2 Aswins Dasra,urga fr.*ayuk, F Arietis
Horse's face
6rr Haya
2 wo?r qq3 Yama zr{r:!46x. ZttilrR: Lowest 3 Stars in a 35 Arietis *
Bharani (God o{ death) Kritanta, qrlrrq
Yamyabham
caEte triansle east of
ariH (Aswini)
& Musce
I
3 aR+r erlii: Agni ERrfli Hutasana, wFr: Brahmin 6 Spots Kshura- 'r Tauri
Krittika (God of fire) Agni, cgor Bahula like. General of Pleiades
the celestial
armies
4 ftAoft rqrcft: ft&: Vidhi, AftE Sudra Five stars like o Tauri,
Rohini Prajapati Virincha,trda Sakata a car Aldebaian
(The creator)
o)
I
o:
F
qrft Specialmarka The name o
o d{Tq ^t';'.11f*
ry q{rqaaqr:
z N"tli"'r'" Synonyraa Caste of cation
identifi- in Englioh
Aetronomy
+
ft qdsqdt tr{wr: Aryamna, {r{rirq Brahmin Two in each
?
d Leonig $
"i*
Pu.rv.a (Aryaman) Bhagyabham joined form A
phalguni a square
12 a<r,qii rrrT
Uttara (Bhag") sii Uttaram, rrrrq Bhagam Kshatriya F Leonig
phaiguni
z Presiding of identifi
N.irlir" lJefty
Synonyms i;;;. in English
catlon AEtronomy
z0 qltqrcr qir
'Water v<: Payal, eftaq Salilam, Brahmin Two Stars like ( Sagittari
Purvasha, woq Jalam,diqr(Thoyam a danda
dha
z4 xiqw qfr age; siigr Dhanishta, ag Vasu Serving White drum.like F Delphini
Sravishta The 8 Vaaue caste
t<
Taf*q. 33tr cr+di: Prachctas, {lainFFq Butcher Red. A hundred \ Aquarii 4
{
Sata- Varuna Satatarakam,atorrq Varu, caEte Stars 7,
a^
bhighak nabham {
3
7 6 q*urgrqr rqqsqrE q+*qrE: Ajaikapada,irTsrqr(Brahmin Two Stars like o Pegaai
Purvabha, Aja,Eka,pat Ajapat, gFi'idcErPurva, a sword
drapada proshtapada
z7 snRrlrr{Tqtci}d."q: s1trciCCEr
Uttaraproshta- Kshatriya . Of the4 Stars y Pegasi
Uttarabha Ahirbudbnya pada, uft{u;<: rD a square two
drapada Ahiibudhnya in tbe east
{oHrfi{+dfluqrrqirfr*nEq}rf.qt
qoqr<i{flTmqqffi qrfu{r{ t
ctgqmqilRsflqqftur vuudar uiq
aqrctqqqrwrgffiglwngo,;rsiilsll B\ ll
Sloka 45. rtr-sr;rr(Gandanta), which consisrs of a
period oI Tl$ ghatis at the junction of eachof the three
pairs of stars qgt (Moola) 3nd slur (Jyeshta),ner (Magha)
and wtret(Aslesha),andiqat (Revati) and qfb* (Aswini),
is productive of much evil to living beings. The qftar
(Ghatika) at the junction of s?gr(Jyeshta)and qor (Moo-
la) is termed ugm (Abhukta). A.y girl, boy, beasror
slave born in the ghatikr in question causethe ruin of
the family owning them.
Notrs.
af. afrqfr:
q}'qr&=+,srQfQqqi+a
qa *er(o'i(Fd{ra{ |
ilfr rroseragalfiii R qnrq-rildr{mraEqfis{
ll
The term srgsrfd (Abhuktamoola)is thus defined:
a#a qnrqr
gd r$Fqalgas ftaqr( lt ar+sft
e{gsxrq ga g*qfq qRsiq r
qqil='qie* f,rdR-g{{q faor+iq tt
{twn Eqrf\frgr:rq*rffiwl I
widtflil kdtt qqiifrfl il Bq tl
sTrArir
cntt qi*qril qR qffi qgrib t
q{t qrd(qqfqUrriRraruutn Bs ll
qflt {tTq$o-tqsi .innuqq I
ffii qgt EF({' aFaqrri{h rt uc tt
The verses are elliptical ; we have to piece together the
various portions as we best can to get at the sense they are
intended to convey.
Slokas 46-48. Make ten equal divisions of the
ghatiLas which the Moon takes to pass through the
asterism slur (Jyeshta). If there be a child,birth in the
lgt tenth of the star, it will cause the death of tbe
mother'smother; if in the Znd tenth, of the mother'e
father ; if in the 3rd tenth, of the mother's brother ; if
in the 4th tenth, of the mother herself; if in the 5th
tentb, of the child born; if in the 6th tenth, of cattle
and wealth ; if in the 7th tenth, of both the families;
if in the 8th tenth, of the whole race; if in the 9th
tenth, of the father,in,law (in prospect); if in the lftb
tenth, of every tbing.
cf . T((r{d
+sr* qrilqqit qIdFrEfiftqh r
qfit qrgeqFaqg{ qqdtdqrlt
ailFrfldqqt {Ff, qtsfieqr,itqt( r
616 ||'F TTRilfr Adh Ix.
This slokai,.;alsoquoted
*"51i,"*.
i'fir orfig fqatui*silrqr# ilcil |
srrfl;t ffisqfrfi)( qrfr qosf{q$qltt \d tl
S/ois Sil. The person born in a Ganda losegthe
father if the time be day, and the motherif the time of
birth be night; and if rhe time of birth be in the junc-
tiorrs betwecn.da1' nighc, the personborn wilt
"n6
himselfdie, so that Ganda fails not of effect.
qR tz.kfffi |
{'qqr* rr+ilrrr*rd
.\\
{T;rngEStrtFrttG il{ilRocaiqrrTq
ll \q El
Slofra 59. There is G;rnda at the conclusionof a
Gandatarasuch as Revati, Asleshr or Jyeshtaat night
and at the commencement of a Gandatar.r such as Aswi,
ni, Magha or Moola during the day ancl,at the junctron
of a pair of (landararas in tfre junctions betrveen d.y
a n d n i g h t . T h i s i s t h e d i s t i n g r r i s h i nm
g a r ko f a G a n d a
period.
qrfiwiqg$i qrilrftuf*n{r$rI
g6tsffi oil ftuqrgsrrrrtqtrQ"tl
S/oAc60 The person born in the Dhanur Lagna
when the Mccn is in the asterism Poorvashadawill
lose his father ; again the person born in the Karkata
Lagnaand when the Moon is in the star pushya will
likewise cccasionhis father'sdemise.
q{m s gq q ftdi {rsi gq I
qtf{ tWqtq ryqt{rsilrrqr{ n iq lr
qrQtrRctt Adh.rx.
ll rIUgifiTO:ll
qqril qTgitruttlI
frsqrr.qrcg{sr}
affi8 rilrfaRHt n(q l(t(qlg,taq l. h Q B l l
qfr q{r'i iq iqsriinEi{rrI
* ,nfi qlmrirqrw{ g i{qr{s{ ll q\ ll
rqt qlft ttat qqtqrimq}tq t
ll qE ll
6d qii qrdqlftqt arq{r-6E*
sl. 6,+-69 qirqtsErrTs 62l
sruirqosnf
g{sftnt aFein{on(|
sruifiqsqfid qA df*|il qni{sI
itq,t{rw dtqr{qgtqrfudtsq{r
tl Qutt
Slokas 64-67. The Ganda period (r.e. period of
risk) is 16 years when the birth is in the lst quarter of
Aswini ; it is 8 years in regard to the lst quarter of
Magha ; one year with referenceto Jyeshta; 4 years in
the caseof Chittra and Moola I l years in the case of
Aslesha; one year in regard to Revati; 2 months is
the limit of the risky period in connection with lJttara-
phalguni; 3 months with respectto the star Pushya;
the child born in Poorvashadawill bring about the
removal of the father from this world in the 9th month.
If a per son be born in Hasta he will cause his father's
death within 12 years, The personborn in Abhukta,
moola (see sloka 45, latter half) will causethe death of
the father at the very moment of his birth. If the
person born in Abhuktamoola should live, he will be
the cause of his family's pre,eminence,raiseits statug
and will be prosperous; he may perhapscommand an
arm''
n n \
ll TFiletqtq'll
u6qqt qg{rqi rei, qq} g{q. I
fldtn fiet afla iliitt qldr dailll qc ll
qgt qrgd tFt qst Hr{:TIIFI{|
qbqfr ftrgaiic.rosE\q
qdftarll Eqll
S io A a s6 8 - 5 9 . l f t h e r eb e a b i r t h o n t h e l 4 t h
day o{ the Moon in the dark half of a lunar month and
that in the first sixth portion thereof,it will prove aus
822 aril{qrrfqra Adh.rx.
a
day, the personborn will have a defective limb.
{rqrrcrrirf
su{rtllfRifl*ftqqrsriiqgsqr-tr
q.dsql i gr.(fRgrerqqUR,dliiqlitfgri erq tt
31. 77-81 eqrtlsrqrq:
rl vf*ldlt|{{l fl
ffq{{rd ffi{ g q{ tqrfr't i'tgtri lffi I
qg|(draniwErqtiEi
srrqnt*rit(fitrfr! (rq ll
erfrfiqfuar*tilfitsftfr traq.I
wRttiltqrqrTts qefi{tR mrun ll eq ll
cr;{ril{r(mqq ftarl qHftq*t I
Uril'q:.TSilwVgil grrqr6{il1ll co ll
S/oAas78-80, Thc star in whiclt the Moon is at
the time of birth of a person is to be reckoned as the
firet and is calledwwd (Janmarksha); the tenth there-
from is calledor*ai(Karmarksha); the 16th, they say, is
styled ffit-{ (Sanghathika); the t8th is named gErq
(Samudaya);the 19th is called umr (Adhana); the 23rd
is known as tqrfuo (Vainasika); the 25th, the 26th and
the 27th stars are called rerpectively wrft (Jati), tqr
(Desa)and qf.r\+ (Abhisheka). If the ffcfl (Janmarksha)
and other stars aboveenumeratedbe occultedby malefic
planetsat the birth of any person,they will causedeath
on the very day of birth ; if occulted by benefic pla,
nets, they will produce benefic effects.
lt 51oqgpffif{r tl
tnn* lTrqtqR spg1qi'"irm{wq t
ermagrqdrfuAt qrfhq flilqq.ll dt ll
wisqrRqft Adh.rx.
qqgq,**urfrrqrfrsfu"rrEqr
qr{ q-.g.io-crdrql
qrflb ilk g.* 1 dR tl
,Slokas81-82. The Ganda in the months of Vai,
sakha,Sravanaand Phalgunais such as relatesto the sky;
in the months of Ashadha, Pushya, Margasirahaand
Jyeshgha,the Gandais suchas affectsmen; in Aswija,
Kartika, Chaitra anclBhadrapada,the Ganda is such as
relates to the P.rthaia or the nether world ; in the
month of Magha,thc Gandaor risk to b: run is death"
The evil of G'andawhich relategto pathalaand the sky
Pusbkaradoesnot conccrnthis world and so does not
reallv exist for us.
Enrffiri$qrcargqT#dhfrm r
E*q { frg+il grq gr*E{f{qu eQrr
Slofa 83. Thc father should behold the fase of a
Eon as soon as born ; by seeing the son'g face, the
father is releasedfrom his debt to the Manes.
il qq TqIT60TI tl
qtq;qmitgtqiiffi mq{rq1rds({t
qrqfr Rrdrs;qEnfnar fil uarirqdl I
+qdtagdreqlqurfrs{d{ hqrfii
frfioqiqrcHlqiladirgfi{t qrdwr l dB tl
Slcla 84. The person born under the star qfffi
(Arwini) wrll have a greardeal of intelligence, wealth,
mcdesty, saeae rt! and fameand will be h"ppy ; if at a
perscn'$birth, the Moon be in thc star rtqit (Bharani),
he will hiivc a clefectivelimb, be addicted to another's
wife, cruel, ungrate{uland will posseEswealth; if in g6s
st, 85-86 qrriisqrqr
{ffrgqRrrreqq-q*
gfr wrfi ugr
qrR*rq.qqrq*ggorqf,rrrlt
rrfl qFsert
lqiqtgeoFwhrrdgs TptKRtgfqir
q;:rigrsorfrT{frfr qrilsftKft{tr1l \o tl
.S/oArr90. If a person be born in qinruvqr (purva_
proshthapada),he will be bold in his speech,mischievous.
cowardly and weak; if in the star sntcigcrqT(Uttara-
proshthapada), he will be gentle in his nature, liberal,
opulent and learned; if in ien't (kevati), he will have a
broad mark in his person,rvill be love_sick,lovely, clever
in counsel,will have sons, family and friends and will
enjoy steady continuous prosperity.
630 ErawrRcri Adh. IX.
rrtrRruoqri
tqQ qR dil,fr q qlu.{ mrql(sl) qft'rrq,iil'
ilar qir;(qirqir'qwruornqi q\.ri t
qlqflgrgtilqqngndr uel]{i gnq*
gtqqa;} sdRrQin qt n
u'nqrufi'f,{-tea:
Sloka 91. If at the birth of a per-son,the Moon be
in Mesha, he will eat sparingil', long for rvornen and have
enterprising elder brothers; if in Vrishabha, the person
born will be liberal, lovely, rich in fame, of excellent
behaviour, and have his chilclren all daughters ; if in
Mithuna, he r,vill be blesseci with iong life and skilful in
ministering to love during amorous pleasuresand evincing
a fondness for jest and merrirnent; if the Moon be in
Kataka at a person's birth, the latter's heart will be im-
passionedwith love; he wiJl lead a rvandering life and
will speak eloquently.
Nores.
c/. gqeqra+XVII-I to 4.
il {r{qil$so( ll
tarddqqr{itarrqa{i iqi{rt
e$t frfr t
fras;*rgtq*sfm{gql*
qr{st {Ilkrd fuMr glqiqhqffsdr
nrrn$f itEgrqlq.nfieqri$dkt{t il qBtl
5/ol.r 94. The person born when the Moon is in a
Navamsa owncd by l\{esha will be a commander of an
8t2 silgtslllTllE Adh. IX.
ll qrq$'orT tl
R.t$t fuurcfqgqq qifr qr*r{Tr
qrgsqr{$r;rqttgrlrqlfinrqqrilr gd I
ffi fiqnqhrfr qqei\qirlsitqutqal
qqiqrcetg{{qffi Eet qil*q(r n q\etl
Sloha 97. A person will be victorious over nrs
enemiesand possessed of rvealth and cattle if born in the
ffiq (Vishkambha yoga); subject to the will of
other people'swives if born in frit (Preeti); long-lived and
healthy, if born in tnlfnq (Ayushrnan); happy, if born
in the Srt"q (Sowbhagya)yoga; voluptuous if born in
drrr (Sobhana); murderously inclined if born in qrtqqs
(Atiganda); wealthy and devotedto the practiceof virtue
if born in gn$ (Sukarma); and taking away other people's
wife and money if born in sfh (I)hruti).
dt iirwuuqs TariluRQ
$tqrr{
Efl qeil{rq *sftrqffir{ 5qTqTil-fr
Errgss
I
ilil E{qnrqqssdqil r.ir qff fitgss
u q6 ll
ftS frfuilt)ftr xurtr ffi aqilqrilsilf
834 qtlw|Rcri Adh. Ix.
lt uflrsoq ll
rglwrlszrTr 6{agf Tld RqKffi
unt g&owgrfuwqr
qt *frqt r
,iiqrt iqWitmr&{dreqrqq: ur<dir
ftqwrqnlssEq srril qJuqql ir,r{iuflf ?oB fl
Sloha 104. The person born in the lqorc (Meaha
lagna)will be hostile to his rerarives,or *"od.ring
habits, lean in peroon, hot-tempered,q*rrtuor"]
proud, weak.kneed,poesesaed of unceftainwealthai
heroic. The person at whose birth the riaiog,ig"
i,
gw (Vrithabha) will owrr many cor.r, pay
dilignt
sl, 106-106 qrrqlstllfi4:
ofueqEqi*rtrqwq{ fuflq
qEqrftiadil etqqtr{rd t
ffioqtrrgaur{n;ffird
qoqftdt{iwlqi frfuai 11lou tl
Slokr,1i-7. The pcrson botn in the gorcrt ( tula
he
lagna)wilt lrave a lovely face and charming eyes;
*ilt U. honored l>y kings, learned, fond of the pleasures
of love, possesoing women, wealth and lands; his prin-
calm,
cipal teeth will not be closebut apart; he will be
pensive,btrt irresoluteand exceedinglytimid'
qrdi
1t{r gfidrqq}sftqqd tiru&fi
Retqsittoqq{ gqdafiiiqr(frqrt
3 $oin I qiqr{ qdhftqqR
qT$qniqr{Gt
wfidof {fr flaqm 11{ od ll
qf{-'forqggqq
Sjo,fra108. The person born in the {|**vn lVriy
chika lagnawill be silly with cruel looks, exceedingly
learned'
f ickle'mlnded, proud, long'lived, wealthy,
(pensive).
hostile to good men and nuroing sorrow
is 'r-gs
The person whose Lagna at the time of birth
(Dhanus)will bc wise, the best of his family, prosperous
porrrrsing famcand wealth; the man born in the
"nd (Makara lagna) will be fond of lovely women'
rr6{as
perfidiousand will speakdejectedly'
Norrs.
I3eingsillyisnotinconsistentwithbeinglearnediJameslo
Englandwasdeclaredbysomehistoriantohavebeenthemos
learnedfool in Christendom'
sr-(!tr61qewfikffiol
wioqdi6rryaqqqzoqqTils
I
51.109-111 qqrnstqrq:
- - v - - - v v ' - - - - v v v
tt ilnq,eq tt
rt qrit frq{r{ rrwq;qs
s*qrrfr rrcinnrqms 1
ilrCtqrm qndn qqeqfuffsqqi{rqR erq tt.
S'oka 110. lf the Lagnabe an odd sign, and the
tn (Hora) be owned by the Sun, the person born will
be of a cruel disposition,lustful, rich and honoredby
kings. But if, the Lagna being an odd sign,. the da
(Hora) be that of the Moon, the person born will be
eloquent,.liberal, ltandsome,compasoionate, but will
havean intriguingwife.
il {spr6o( lr
*qTfbiWrrFellrilI qHIf I
w q{fr ru?ffiat
dtqrv
^
qrqffo6{qgrr mEF( wd! n { tq il
'l'he first Drekkarraof fta (Simha), lc
SJota 112.
(Mesha) ilu (Kumbha), qfbt (Vrischika) and r+t (Ma'
-1t"
kara); the last Drekkanaof ira (Meena), Zfh-+1yt;t
ka), fea (Simha), ger (Tula) and the middle Drekkana
of *ze rKataka)and ?ib+ iVriscirika) are, for the u:ost
part declaredby the sagestc be malefic.
*dffiqfr eqroti*argarqflEtq"qfiq t
qjgqqiGqaHqrfi {qi}d w-Sqq{rEqlo'rtft 11
Slola 113. The first Drekkanasof ero(Kataka)
and dtq (Meena), the middlemost of diq (Meena) and
il"qt (Kanya) a.nd the last of q'rrr (Vrishabhr) and
frgq (Mithuna) are the six water-bearing Drekkanae.
aglq{frgrKiqrff| |
tqrFEiritquqfratqr
EqTurdil!qlTEfh dtfl lt It t 8ll
qrqr$ililJqlTwerul?Tl
Sloha 1I4. The secondof *q (\4esha), w-g<lDha-
nuo), qcrr (\/rishabha), iirc (Kumbha) and ru't (Maka-
ra) and the first of gat (Thula), o;qt (Kanya) and figl
(Mithuna) and che last of vg{ DhanLrs',+;<r (Kanya)
and ii;e (Kumhha)are termedbenefic Drekkanas.
iFat qnaT q K{qril |
ErItutT
qrlT-srffi+'FTqil
frRqtmr{fi s{dk tr t t\ H
{qffft-dilirrharqRfr
Sloln 115. The last of q+t rMaka ra)}l (Mesha),
sl. 116-11? itE$tsrqFt: 84L
]t ilqErfioTTtl
qnirstiT rFiltiql dogntni{t{ frFsttilq firft
tril{r SrqurslqQ{ftttl qiHr nirqqra:I
qlqit Tqsqi qoqfitail fq{irft q gps:
irrrft dft g'lih ofuregqqqrilfidrqltql 11{ lu ll
Sloktt 1t?. tf a p.rson beborn in a qiaait (Sutya-
navamsa), he will be evil'minded,strong, prolific, rich,
and lustful ; if in a Navansa owrit'J by the
tars.rny,eyed
Moon, he will be voluptuous,addictedto youngv"Jmen
not his own, learuedand rich in cows ; i{ in a Na'ramsa
of Mars, he wrll be addicted to cruel deeds, fickle'
81
6+2 witrSqrGrre Adh.rx.
ninded, of wanderinghabits,afflictedwith bilioullcom,
plaints and avaricious; if in a Navamsa belongingto
Mercury,he will be liberal,impassioned, handsome and
well.knownfor his learningand goodname.
da<c
{idrg&rqdfr enagrilir rrrtrrrnq:
tqdt grfircqrns: qrqrllrin;qEr I
R-q. qrEfdrRqsus-it r*.rqqd; gdf
6{: atqntq{irswdi{i'rwiriai* ct: u
rrai* +qs'srFaatftqtfnwi : tit roag{trqrili q: gr& r r
q$*ricRwilqdfrdr gwtr;itvagt*glr: cftdui*sth u
*v& +fro; lps.lzlr! gtaftRn-d.1
rilrr*: g;rd ssn{kilhn 6rc?sd cieit I
Xti; *uairisfigro: rri'rseeu{: gdf
a't: flsficdq'rsfiscq, qrrfcaiir cr: u
, orirrJd=a : <eagHdrou!*d,
fl eielbaq*irii qmziloiifirrrdftr: r
rr?orig:xafrrlg gnroiu?il una: g<ft
G.qqqrq-tqlq{qoKit: vrvaqoii m: l
qtqiirqR tqhffigru *g: grfi uqnq
q;dt qio-wqru {qqq(fr trqdWdql I
ffii't qqilfifiqatawr{ft Sdr qfisfi
qqtt qfr nqgRrffif({ofA* ftril{ ut te rf
Slola 118. If a person be born in a Navamraof
Jupiter,he will havegoldenhair in his person, and will
be eminent,talented,beautiful,clever in counsel,speak,
ing learnedly,of a cheerfulmien,and liked by emperora;
if in a Navamsaowned by Venue,he will delightin the
society of womennot his own, be liberal, comfortably
phcedand learned;if in a Navamsabelongingto Saturn,
sf. 119-120 ififtsqFr: 6f8
ll er{{EI$qII ll
ilil lqalEqtt trfltqr *tr qtqnnwlgmr r
ilfrtr|aft ftqngq{itrg.qit g q(ERTt
gdot tl\
Slola 119. If a person be born in a ilqdn (Dwede'
aamsa)owned bv *s (Mesha), he will be a mischievcur
robber and take to the evil ways and practicesof a\rch
a vicious class of people; if in a twelfth portion of a
rign owned by wrr (Vrishabha), he will haw plenty of
women and wealth and will su{fer from diseases; If in
a flq{rin (Dwadaramsa) belonging to fug{ {Mi$unr),
he will be a gambler but well'conducted.
sizi{rh qqdiidaqiur?I-
{Hi{h iiilTtlg{firti6'! |
{qrGTqiEquqhrrT{s rTUeT!
lnt qoftqiifli [TfiT{frer{ il tlt tl
Sloku l2l. If a perso:l bc born rn a frT{rtfl (Dwa,
daramsa)owned by qilr (Vrischika), he will be a
murder-loving master of roguesand robbers; if in a
gtqcrtT(Dwadrsamsa)belongingto qlt (Dhanus),he will
diligentlv pay homage to the Manel, Brahminsand the
Gods; if r'n the rr{{rirt (Dwadasrmsa)of rlt (Makara),
he will be the lord of growing corn and wilf have
rcrvants ; if in a grrr 6rqtitr (Kumbha dwadasamsa),
he will be a mischief maker; if in a qt{6rqqin (Meena
dwadasamra),he will be rich and learned.
lt R{ri{fsuqtl
f{qtt vtdigeq qqorffi;qE1q {t{r
qibaqtfrqiq*
rr;Ea{rarftqfr drr{ r
fut gtq{fhfrwr{rgi}q}q;gnE
qr{i fir;t{g! gl q Ugqfl{itr* qrqt ntRvl
Sloka tL?.. If a person be born jn a thirrieth
Sr.tzr-rz4 mrtssqf43
u irT$r{tl
{rdi ftrsrqr{qqifrd6*t6 iidoi ffTnlor r
t*fqilsqil{ ffiq'{rEi{tmrfir qeorqqmrntRltl
Sloka LZl. The person who is born in the i{tar
(Satvavela)is eloquent, conforming to the duties and
practicesof the .riEe, devour, constantly persevering,
pure, bountiful, possessedof lustre,learningand beauty,
truthful anrl without enemies.
qqltsrqmgr*qrqdsq{oErE
ftenrr?rilqrgrqfuq;gfrTrnlfI
etr|ilqnt ltvfiqti rrc1rctl
{a*il{irgffitqt qqo}firil tRBtl
Sluku 174, T'heperson brrn in the dttor (Rajo-
vela) will have happiness,weakh, flme, beauty and
strength; he will overcomehis foesand will be love-
eick at heartI his mind will not be kindly disposed
towards his relations. The person born in the a*tor
(Tamovela)will try to securethe wealthand women
belongingto others and will losehie happinessthereby.
846 ilATctfrfi* Adh.rx.
bmqrsrwqqr{irsrtr,ifrqrfrd q*wqiqu{ I
qroalmii qq t|
qrqTda.titqqrq\ ftfrurqwradnrq
Sloka 127. The effect of a peroon's birth in the
Sun'8cTdrr (Kalahora) is pain and fatigue ; in the
Moen's, pro$perity; in that of Mars, sorrow and sick'
nees; in Mercury's, learning and wealth ; in Jupiter'a,
possessionof every kind of blesaing, in that of Venus.
conjugal bliss ; in Saturn's, the loss of property.
|
nafreqw{qwqrlrqrft tqrutrqqgtqnrrElftdsTfr
?nrtis,ffirorfr qrfru*titarfrtRueqqu{Kr(
tqarqfffii qTils$ft
E{tafi?Er&qqt snfta*Js.qrqr
Stoka 128. ;The variouseffectsupona person'alife
due to hir birth beingconnected(1) with tbe preeeoce
of Gulika in a certainbhava,(2) with a particularcyclic
year,(3) with the formeror latterhalfof the came; (l)
with a particularseasonof the year; (5) with a particu'
lar month thereof; (6) with a particularhalf-month;(?)
with a particularday of the Moon in the half,month;(8)
with a prrticular ctar in coojunctionwith the Mcon on
that day ; (9) with the particular cign occupied by thc
Moon than; (10) with the particularyoga prevallingat
the time; (11) with the Karanaspecialfor the day ia
question;(12) with the half (Hora),3rd (Drekkanalgth
(NavJmsa),l?th (Dwadaeamsa), or 30th (Trinsusa)
portioo of a partkular rign; (13) with a Thamasa,Sstvr
or Rajovela, and (1a) with a certain Kalahora-tlrc lev"
d48 qriltrq,Rqrt Adh.rx.
ral effectsdue to the birth bcing viewed from various
atand,points have been treated of effectively by the
blessingand graceof the Sun and other planets.
Thus endc the 9th Adhyaya in the vrork weuqli{ct"
(Jatakaparijata)
compiled by Vaidyanathaunder the auo.
picesof the nine planets.
Norss.
It is worth while to know when and how the various ellec ts
treated of in this Chapter will come to pass in the life of any per'
son. In this connection, the foltowins slokas of sta{trl(q lfaraka'
bharana) will be found interesting:-
csrft t{rqiorqi qsrft atcrfdftft csa"qr r
qiqrsi rrrq'{q'lervrisn{*rri'qdclr: n r I
crstf;i qrceH: udqqao*{ v <q vrq r
frfirrqn fi(uirrt q q-qltais*a qmiau,i ,, a ,,
ar{t{4 srr& *fiis'd q-mitqi{ee*qorF{ilq I
osl-di orqc*iarqi rlrr{gqrfirq}{qlsq rr 1 11
The eflects of the year and other division:; of tirne wherein a
b i r t h t a l < e sp l a c e h a r - e l ; e e n d e s , : r r b e d . T h e o c , , u rr r : u c e o f t h o s e
c f l e c t s s h o u l , l b c s r , t l l e d e s f o l l , . r w : i ;\ \ ' l r , r th ' r s b e e r r s t a t e d f o r t h e
U e o r , w i l l t a l i e J r l : r c ed u r i n g t h e r i l r e r r i n go f t l r * i d a s a o f t h e l o r d o f
t h e I . r a ( S ; t v a r r i r )s , e a r( i . e . a y e ; r r c , f 3 f r 0 . l a l s ) ; t l r e e f i e c t f o r t h e
h a l f - y e a r a n c l t h e S t o s o r r ,d u r i n g t h e d a s a o f t h e S u n : t h a t f o r t h e
m,onth, during the dasa oi the lord of the rnonth; that for the
h a l f - m o n t . hq { ( l ' a k s h a ) : r s r . , , e l i a s f o r t h e o s t e r i s m , d u r i n g t h e
dasa of the l\Ioon ; tliat for the feiir (.|l,ittri) and the :+,r.q(lia-
ranrt),in the sub-lieriotlof the }{oon rn the Sur:'s tlasr ; that for
lhe uteek tlq!! EI{ (Vara), during the dasa of tlre lord oi the week.
q)q iYoga), shoukl be <:onsiclered lvith reference
,1ry; that for. the
t o a h o r o s c o p en ' h e r e i n t h e S u n l n c l t h e M o o n a r e s t r o n g ; t h a t f o r
the Lagna, during thc dasa period of the lord of the l.agna ; thal
for the Rasi rvhich has a planetary aspect on it or is the seat of a
bhava should be deduced in this wa1'-f. e. as iikely to occur
during the dasa of the lorcl of that'Rasi.
cTrilffirfr q{rfrsrryqt
n stEl?FTrtfqrqf
tl
Adhyaya X.
AsnrexevARGA.
The following eleven slokrr frorn dtttqq1;1(Horamakararda)
are rnrertodhore, because they form.an appropriateintroduction
to this Chapter.
q*si wqu{q qudi gqq qd. *qrrrRrTEs,I
wt atcaigEt q{rq tqr*Tmaogsqr*: u ! tl
Each planet moving from tho place it occupiedat the birth of
a perlon admittedly producesits own peculiar eflect varyiog with
its progressthrough the l2 Rasrs. Owing to the admjtted varia-
tion in this efioct, theencier:ts say tbat it.cannot be laid down as
absolutely identical (evon) in lhe case of personsborn uudcr tlir,o
s3me star.
rrlt Rra: r*cqri {(tgri grqr{rfnr ag?rerf}a t
qrff aqr \ lqr, trwifr: lser c t egoir 11apen r u
Astrologers declare that to be the :r.ri-nttt (Janmarasi) of a
prson rvherein the Moon was at the time of his birth, The severai
places in which the planets and the Lagna rnal, be in all possible
NBtt cannot consist ol seven.
82 649
650 qrF.clftEft Adh. x
gfirqcrftfi r*tsRcaqafrqnrcdtgicerq r
qtargrrrrR+.diag rrRrw'{nsrqqqkqig
i*t orrrq 6{qtrrFqqT(Ira:gmrdt'ucrt}qtt u rt
With referenceto its e{Eei'itl (Ashtakauarga) the Sun is de-
c l a r e d e x c e e d i u g l ya u s p i c i o u si n t h e l s t , 2 n d , 4 t h , 7 t h , 8 t h , 9 t h '
7th
lOth and I lth places from itself, Iilars altd Saturn ; in the 6th
i n t h e 5 t b , 6 t h , 9 r h a n d l l t h p l a ces
e n d l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o m V e r r u s ;
from Jupiter; in the 3rdr 6th, lOth and Llth p l a c c s f r o m t hc
I t { o o n ; i n t h e 3 r r , l ,5 t h , 6 t h , 9 t h , l O t h , l l t h a u d l 2 t h f r o m M e r-
p l a c e e
cury ; and lastly in tlre3rd, 4th, 6th, l0tb, llthand l2th
from thr Lagna.
thc Sun; in tho 3rd,6th and llih places'from thr Moon; in thc
f st, 3rd, 6th, l0th and llth places frorn the Lagna; in the 3rd'
s t h , 6 t h a n d I t t h p l a c e sf r o m M e r c u r y i i n t h e 6 t h , l 0 t h , I l t h a n d
l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o m J u p i t c r ; i e t h e 6 t h , 8 t h , I l t h a n d l 2 t h p l a c e s
from Venus; and lastly, irr the lst, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, lOth and
I lth places from Saturn.
M e r c u r y i s a u r p i c i o u si n t h e l s t , 2 n d , 3 r d , 4 t h , 5 t b , 8 t h ' 9 t h
gth'
a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o n r V e n u s : i r r t h e l s t , 2 r r d , 4 t h , 7 1 h , 8 t l r ,
l 0 t h a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o r n \ { n r s a n d S a t u r n ; r n t h e 6 t h , 8 t h , l l t h
a n d I 2 t h p l a c e s f r o r n J u p i t e ri ;n t h e 5 t h , f i t h , 9 t h ,I i t h a n d l 2 t h
p l e c e sf r o m t h e S u r ti i n t h e l s t , 3 r d , 5 t h , 6 t h , 9 t h , l 0 t l t I l t h , a n d
l l t h p l a c e sf r o r n i t s e l f ; i n t h e ? n d , 4 t h , 6 t h , 8 t h , l O t h a n l l l t h
D l r c e sf r o m t h , M o o n ; i n t h e l s t , 2 n d , 4 t h , 6 t h , t j t h ' l 0 t h a n d
I lth places from the Lagna.
Jupiter is benefic in the lst, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, l0th and
I lth places from Mars; irr the lst, Znd, 3rd. {th, l7th, 8th, 9th,
lQth and llth placesfrorn the Sun; in the lst, 2nd, 3rd, {th,7th'
8th, lOth and llth places from itself; in th,: lst,2nd, 4th, 5th,
6 t h , 9 t h , l O t h a n d l l t h p l a c e s f r o r n l v l e t ' c t r r y ;i n t h e l s t , Z n d , 4 t h ,
5th,6th,7th,9th, lOth aod llth places fro'n the l-agna; in tlre
2nd,5th,7th,9th and llth places fronr the Moon; in the 3rd,5th
6th, and l2th, places from S'tturn; and lastly, in the Znd, 5th,
6 t h , 9 t h . l 0 t h a n d I I t h p l a c e s f r < - r r tV
t enus.
' B u t a c c o r d i n gt o P a r a s a r a ,
t h e 3 r d , 4 t h , t 1 t h ,9 t h , l l t h and
l2tb places from Mars,
qqt*gqrqr 668
ror
t4 - 4 0; that is neither good nor evil, lrut neutral
the result is
o
and so on.
in llrihat Jataka,
f . a l e f o r e x a n r p l e t h c h o r o s c o p en r e n i i o n e d
6 , a n d r e p r o d u c e d b e l o w :
Chapter VII, Sloka
f,ffitL
l:r{
i ^'::'*r:,r
l.i I;; I
1u"""$:,1;';-
strores_ssrr r
l,,rl I 1 l
ldl,r l- iu,l
l-r-.-l
i', l',,,f
'Ihe
strokes. 3 benefic dots neutralise with 3 of the nralefic
strokes. The net result is 2 malefic strokes which means that
l\fars when passingthrough tbis sign will be productive of ] or tth
e v i l . S i m i i a r l y f o r t h e o t h e r s i g n s , t h e r ei s o n e p e c u l : t r i t y t o
be noticed in the qc{'{ri (Ashtakavarga)of lt{ars. In sign Kumbha
i n t h e e x a m p l e t h e r e a r e 3 d o t s a n d o n l y 4 s t r o k e r si n s t e a d o f 5 .
T h i s i s b e c a u s et h e l 0 t h p l a c e f r o r n t h e N { o o n h a s b e e n d e c i a r e d
to be inefiective,that is, neither beneltc nor malefic---a;4liqrEqtg
Chandraddigviphaleshu-for the qs{iri (Ashtaliavarga)of Mars.
T h a t p l a c e h a s t h e r e f o r en o t b e e n t r k e n f ; ' t h e c a l c u l a t i o n ' T h e
4 3o,
net evil arising there is thusonly *th'
.'
In the case of a planet n'ith more benefic tlots, the benefic
i n f l u e n c ew i l l b e a l l t h e g r e a t e r a n d m , o r e n r a r h e di f t h e p l a n e t
concernedshould also be posited ilr an sq;{'-{(Upachaya) house
( w i t h r e s p e c tt o t h e L a g n a o r t h e l \ { o o u ) , o r o : c u p y a f r i e r r d ' s
h o u s e ,o r h i s o w n s i g n o r h i s e x a l t a t i o n l i a s i .
osrgqdrcTttqai4r6t eq6qosif tE: t
fl{aiiauii, qr sosftd}ir: gri EqtE rl (?srtFfr)
If on the other hand the planet though getting more benefic
dots should happen to be in an 3Ir4r[ (Ai;aclruya) hou''e (reckoned
either fronr the Lagna or the Moon), or in his depressiou sipn or
inimical sign, the good eflect will be considerably reduced. If in
the above case there be more malefic stroires instead of benefic
dot:;, it will worsen the bad ef{ect.
sfqqq(di aiti a3&i s GFTITT$ qrq t
q{g qqftrllti qocfr{rftai qq[iFtoq tt
-ALB.-The sr{-t.f (Up^chaya) or siqq'{ (ApacLal'a) places
have to be reckoned rvith respect tolhe Lagna or the Moon at the
time of birth and not by the position of the planets at the time of
q'lqt {Goclrara).
cf. qqiqt
qqg sdiq rRgEiqrfutfi ilrii girsica$eili: r
qilra{Fnq-ir su(t q s;cfr qru{sdi fitu: tt
666 |rlrrrfrt|i Adh, X.
I t i s a f a c t i n d i s p u t a b l et h a t p l a n e t sw i e l d a c e r t a i n a m o u n t
o f i o f l u e n c e ,w h e t h e rf o r g o o d o r e v i l r d u r i n g t h e i r t r a n s i t s a t t h c
t i m e o f c o n s i d e r a t i o ni n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e n u m b e r o f b e n c f i c
dots which the planets gain to their credit in their respectivo
Ashtakavargasbasodon the oosition each of the planets occupy et
the time of birth.
. h - oe
r x a r n p i e ,l e t u s c o n s i d e rt h e i n { l u e n c cw h i c h t h e p l a n e t s
nrey proJr-rceon the sample horoscopegiven under, say, about thc
f i r s t w e e k o f l ) e c e m b e r1 9 3 2 .
Rahu
Moon
lladix
Horoscope
-83
668 qRFFqmqrc Adh. x.
The top plate and the narrow strips of other plates are each
d i v i d e d i u t o 1 z e q u a r p a r t s . T h e d i v i d i n g r i n e sa r e s o d r a w n
that
thev fornr a straight 1i': when the plates are-adjusted
for any
horoscope. f-'he twelve divisions of the top prate are
assignecrto
t h e t w e l v e s i g n so f t h e z o d i a c . I n t h d v i s i b l e r i r n o f
the next
bigger plate are arranged the figures inrlicating the benefic
dots
counted from trre Sun in the severar Ashtakavargas.
r.'he next
plate contains figures of beneficdots counted from
the Moon; and
t h e n e x t o n e ,f r o m M a r s ; a n d s o o n i ' t h e o r d e r o f
the Sun, the
Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn and
the Lagna.
one of the divisions of eachof these plates contains
a dot denoting
the position of the planet to which the plate relates.
Thus the
dot in the largest plate indicates the position of the Lagna.
T o a d j u s t t h e p l a t e sf o r a n y h o r o s c o p e k, e e p t h e b o t t o m - m o s r
plate in position aud rotate the 'ext pl:rte (relating
to Saturn)
until the drvision containing the i|ot is as rnanydivisions removecl
from the dot in the Lagna plate as Saturr is removed from
the
Lagna in the horoscope under consideration. For example,
if
Saturn occupies the 8th bouse from the Lagna, move the prate
relating to Saturn till its dot comes to the gth divisionfrom
the
dot in the Lagna plate. Then hold the two platesin position
firmly
and proceecisimilarly with the third plate. Then hord the
three
plates in position and proceedwith the fourth and so on. when
the
Sun's plate also has been thus frxed,rotate the topmost plate
untir
the name of the particular Rasi representingthe Lagna in the
horoscopeunder consideratio:-:is brought directry above the divi-
sion containing the dot in the Lagna prate. lt will now be found
that the divisions containing the dots in the several plates are
662 cril6crRqrl Adh. x.
by the
directly below the signs of the zodiac respectively occupied
planets in the radix
planets at birth, so that the positionsof the
plate itself. Fix up
of the native can now be rea<l out from the
the plates by tightening the screw at the top' Tltey are now
' 's
I indicate benefic dots
ready for reading the results' The '2's
r g a ;t h e i n d i c a t et h o s er e l a '
relating to the Sun's Ashtakava 'fhe ' 's
number of I in the several
ting to the Moon's, and so on'
' dots in the
pt"1". in the Mesha' division representstl're benefic ' 's
the nurnber of I in
i.httk"uorga of the S:u in that division;
'Vrishabha' representingthe benefic
tbe several plates oppositeto
Similarly,
dots in the Sun's Ashtakavargain vrishabha an<lso on'
' plates opposite to
the number of 2's in the divisions of the
' M e s h a ' r e p r e s e n t st h e b e n e f i c d o t s i n r h e A s h t a k a v a r g ao f t h e
' ' ' partsof the plates
M o o n i n M e s h a; t h e n u m b e r o f 2 ' s i n t h e
'Vrishabhr,' the benefic dots in the Ashtakavargaof
oppositeto 'fhe ' 's
' ' number of 3 will
tie Moon in Vrishabha; and so on' ' 's '
4 for Mercury' 5's for
similarly yield the results for ' Mers' 'f
' 's he figure in the
i"oi,"t, 6 for Venus and 7's for Saturn'
for the positions of
next page shows the plate properly arranged
given below:-
the planets in the sarnple horoscope
i sun
M
I ercur)'
I
t----
l l -uM
p "i t .e r
|
I I
7/"r, er;\-
-l.-:-. ( /
Lo\t
. \ c
1 \
,gv o\
\J\
\e
i\\t -1^\
r 1[r"'
--<-^ 6 - w
s
Y)2'1
tt *?)
\) |
Lt t,1
:/1*s))
the
relating to the Moon has been arrangedagainst lvlithuna as
M o o n o c c u p i e s M i t h u n a ; t h e d o t t e d p a r t o f t h e p l a t e r e l a t i n gt o
Mars has been brought against Simha as he occupies Simha; and
' 's
so uD. It will further be observed that there are six I in the
divisions against Mesha, four in the divisions against Vrishabha'
'2's '
and so on, Similarly, there are five against Mesha, four 2's
'fhese
against vrishabha, and so on. representbenefic dcts in the
Ashtakavargasof the Sun, the Moon, etc', in the several houses'
The numbei of figures (irrespective of what planet they relate to)
in the ssveral divisions against a particular house indicates the
Samudaya Ashtakavarga (q1541qlgq1fl}) in that house. For exatDple,
it will be found that there are 31 figures in the divisions against
Mesha. 34 is therefore the number of benefic dots in Mesha in
the Samudaya Ashtakvarga. Similarly for other houses'
6M drffscrftqre Adh. x.
q* frfuaqr{ orfrilstrir
Wifiwrt;$tffIfirrimon{ |
qrEqr
gsiqqaquififr
tiert-
ihqreq,iqiiarioiq;E*tgr u I tl
iq) qqi*iiqqmrinurgr?rrrrTg'0r$(rftfrrc*r
t
tt*odet qs{tqRtE* sElerr|lqgErqi{mr1 R tt
S/ortirsI and Z If a diagram of the zodiac with
the rising sign and the positionsof rhe Sun and other
p l a n c t s( a t t h e t i m e o f a n y p e r s c n ' sb i r t h ) & c . b e d r a w n ,
and if all the benefic dots produced by the separare
'Ashtakavargas
(8 fold groupsof figures) be set down
according to the directions co^tainedi. the Ashmka.
vargaformulaseachcontainingeight divisions in respect
of the eighr sky,rangers beginning with the Sun and
ending wirh the Lag.a or rhe rising sign we should
then obtai' the figures48, 49, 39, 54, 56, 5: and 39 to
representth: bcneficdots of the Sun and other planets.
fhe tigure 337 wiil representrhe aggregate beneiicdotc
of the planets. sale+ari (sarvashtakavarga)or the sum
of all the Ashrakavargasis called s{1qrc ("samudaya) r.r.
aggregate.
tqrftqeaqil {gdqqilqr-
d
ffisT{gk{osiimuwF( r
qeiTe{Htrfiufr
gwEft
aidt;ggirqTti r ulinrfi il I rl
Sloka 3. ln wharcver bhava(eprcsented
by Mesha
and orher signs occur eighr beneficdots given
Uy pf",
nets, that bhava,they sr,rVeto support,streogthen
ind
sl.4-5 {rrfrsqftll 665
ft-q|sEriqftTffi ffiltq n I fl
Sloha 4, When a house has 4 dots, it produceo
mixed effects. Those houses that have no figure in
them are productive of disease,infamy and danger. I
now proceed to explain the full effectsof the Sun and
other planetsbeing associatedwith dots l, Z, ete, as a
result of the separateAshtakavargas.
stflt qmrfiqtqgrswrdilrqtft
q frrRegrr
fr* qqwrqwroqiuf,rnTilfffirffirfr
n \ tl
Sloha 5, A planetassociated with one dot pro,
ducesvarious kinds of diseases,miseries,dangerr,
wanderinge and similar hardships,while *ith t.Jo, it
leadsto mentalanguish,condemnation by one.sking
(censureby the sovereign)and deprivationof food bi
robbers.
Norns.
1'he excessof benehc over malefic dots may be 2, 4,
6 or g
which when put in ordinary languagemean i o. i, I or
*. S or, t,
$ or full. IIence the followingslokas:-
\erR-.g+*rg{ilfqaqtqrrk \qrfEfir
il tQ qqt qd sqqflrlu{rgu-q: I
nfgrligordrwq{iifAw rfi fi qEr
:
\qT s{sG-tqfreqq$i
sqFil flirgfi: 11
84
ffi6 qmecrRare Adh. X.
gsanqffi t q t q atqriiqi{TtlfI
i qt grqr frsqttk'Egdr qR ll t t ll
Stoka lL. But planetson the other hand which
may be in bad positions and have evertreachedtheir
depressionpoint, or an inimical sign or portions of the
qr(ffqrRqrt Adh. x.
qrrtiElrt w..qe{ilsslt
*=rffi-*rofr t{il |
eqrqorfioqil6trg ETI(IAT qig! lltEll
il dGq{i[,'QI
S l o & 4 .1 4 . W h e n t h e S u n o c c u p y i n ga K e n l r a o r
T r i k o n a p o s i u i o n i s a s s c c i r t e Jt h c r e w i c h 6 , 5 , 7 o r I
beneficdots,the personb.rrn or his father will have his
deathin his 22nd, 35th, 'J0thor i6th yelr r'$pectively'
t
gni ilnniui Qpgrrdt.ga*
lrrfr qqta(Rqtdf {qi cI{QI ttcrli{rrl{lE{lrTi!ll
S l o A c 1 5 . I f , a t a p e r s o n ' sb i r t h , t ' ' : S u n o c c l r p y -
i o g a K e n d r ap o s i t i o ni n c o n j u n c r i o nw i c h t h e M o o n ,
Saiurnand Mercury shouidhave in thrt position 2 net
beneficdots after the necessaryredr-rctions are mrde,
(f*iqaiqar .t q+riirqqdiqarTrikcnasodbana & Eakadi-
patyasodhana), the father of ths p3rsot)'say the rvise
,rtiolog.r., wiil havc a leaseof abundrnt administrative
power sctting in aftcr the completion of the first ten
y e a r s( o { t h e P e r s o nb c r n ) '
utrdc6'oTlll
Elirilqdatilmi{ir{d di'i
I
qr.i iriir ffiogqi s{ih eilGqr{rgl
qsqrci{ri{ri{ agirtfiojrslf\R-<i
qufrdr"stRqqoii}Hterilqt q tt tR tt
S/olir: 16. If, in the Ashtakavarga-whether of the
of benefic
sun or of the Moon-there be a housevoid
and the
dots, the (sol,rr)month corresponding thereto
purposeof every
rign i$elf are to b: avoided for the
person's life' If the
,u-rpi.io". undertaking in the
or 3
M;t occupyingthe Lagna be associatedwith l' 2
sl. 17 qltrcistqtq: 671
qilTEFr,S$dilqqggri
\- aa \ \
{r
ort ltql qogtqft rrrGrr
ifuas+{ftrii *rq.rtg wil
fqqrrdr*la{arqirfl
trqrr il ld ll
Slufta 18. If the Moon posseesedof strengthbe
in a Trikona, Kendra, or the l lth bh:rvaand if the
number of benefic dots in the bhava in question be 4
or more than 4, the bhava becomesadvanced, Jf the
Moon in a Kendra position becomesassociatedwitb g
benefic dots, the personsborn under this yoga will be
eminent for their learning, fame, wealth and etrength
and will becomemastersof men.
ll gNTssqll
dfqq* wgtiqqnqtt
it=ee+q qR siftqilw eil( |
St qceqs*qGq usilu lq tl
Sloha 19. When Mars in exaltation or in s&e
(Swakshetra)occupies the 9th, the 4th, the tst or the
lOth bhava, and is associatedwith 8 beneficdote. the
person born will be lord of wealth to be counted by the
million. If Dhanua,Mesha,Simha,Makaraor Vrischika
be the rising sign, and Mar-soccupy it and be associated
with + beneficdors, the personborn will be a king.
NotBs.
Parasara adds
qlneqi nfi-e qrqfrmq\d+{r
*qfriae flefr ilftrqiq'IE
rnqrr
sI.20 {trfrssqrq: 6?3
il $u5sq 1,
*Fffi*ir rgffi i qrdH{qrfrr'frrnrrd
t
il-{HER* q vrq{rft! llRlll
Sloha 21. When Mercury in a Kendra or Trikona
becomesassociatedwith 8 benefic dots, the person born
will be pre-eminentin the learning peculiarto his caste
and will have great enjoyment. If Mercury in exalta,
tion be associatedwith but one, two or three benefic
dota, the bhava occupiedby the planet is advanced.and
not impaired.
NorBs'
cf, parasara"
gqm{ ggrl q figalR{Eor: I
d*n q;rftqTfrfi$qsrR fi-alq tt
gqreqfr
fril"q ilqflftqt {* r
rygftaftilfiqlffi ire F{q: tl
ffi Tirffrrurt frqrwqrq*Rqrfir arq I
rilqftqr{q *qrdqQ qt ffg{rfrdqkdr{! u RRtl
Sloha.27. Find in which house there ic the
greatestnumberof benefic dots in the Aehtakavarga of
Mercury. In the month correspondingto that house
the csnmencement of any seriousstudy wi'l culminate
in the acquiritionof every branch of learning. Mark
the housewhich is void of beneficdots in the Ashaka
vargaof Mercury; when Saturn pa$seEthrough that
houe in the courEeof its progreEsthrough its orbit,
corneaS (Bandhu) or vfr Jnati, a near paternalrela,
tioo) will die; Eolnebenelit or advanrageenjoyedtill
cbeo will be lort.
sl. g{} qqtcl$qtrt 616
ll {re$'ss(ll
oil fttur gd g.nft,
+t*rr+rrttffi-,gtrfi
eilRrfrFqrq.ltffi fiRrffirfr rAF q tgslllltl
Sloka 23. Note the house that has the greatest
numberof beneficdots, in the Ashtakavargaof Jupiter.
In the lagnacorreeponding to the housefound, impreg,
nationwill answer its purpo$e rasultingin an offspring.
Cattlg wealth and vehiclec located in the direction
indicatedby the siSnin questionwill beginto multiply.
Norns'
Parasara adds
ffqriqacfrvrr gaqtqnfi+( r
gil{efiil5 Hirrirqftmeq}qrr
Uoftnngawfiqtqqfieil qo{ r
Bala'bhadra reads gr1gl| instead of gte{f}.
n3;itaeqsqr{r ilrffflar Vdr: pg61','
also {or(
gwqrrgilFtrtqR qrfixgut f,qrI
e*toFdil qrqfEeeGgq deirn
g,reb q il+qgk: qrfif\ilrtR I
qr{q}qq+qtma dHF?t: $qT qiTr:ll
ctl;il lpurrnat ila;gtr irrril: I
uire+6g gf,ilfi &,i;nsq.rr
qqFqd;Trr: fl gqfifl: qqrqt t
frFqrfii{rd?qril il{lTrqrqqr${: I
gekraita flrrFTrql& wqta. rt
uMg d"q ilmuft q r
616 qrfficrftqti Adh.x.
qr* silrftrsgrrrfr
frirftmii r
Enrrf\flsrfifrqfieiitrr qfiI n RBtl
Sloku 74, If, at a person'$birth, the Sun occupiea
a houre which in the Aehtakavargaof Jupiter gers the
least number of benefic dots, the personborn wili be
lucklesgin that every undertakingfor his benefit will
fail. If Jupiter occupyingthe 6th, the 12th or the 8th
bhavabe associatedwith 5 or more beueficdots, the
petsonborn will be long-lived,very opulent and victo,
rious over his enemies.
**ssgr fiq.Jt +gfr-ggt
h'rtUt $gfr gilqt {r I
dqrRqrqqqqFr
iiWtrfr
silil qsirTqdr{Tr
gh{iqitr arq il 1\ tl
Sloka 25, If Jupirer, whether in exaltation, in
eQe (Swakshetra\, in a Kerrdra, in the 9th bhavaor in
a portion of somerrih (Rasi) unconnected with the
planeta depressionor inimical house and not in eclipc-
ing proximity to the Sun-if Jupiter in any one cf the
sl. 26-28 (ffirsq1g3 617
ll Uiffi(aq tt
qffisoultr*qt qldil g irsi{Eilftqs I
qqrdqftilrr*{rqr{ ftdmR{rfiF{rgh ll le lt
Sloku 78. When Venus occupyinga Trikona or
Kendrapcsition is associatedwith 8 benefic dote,the
personborn will be at the headot anarmyandtransport
animale;if Venuc in the above position be associated
with 7 benefic dota, the person boro will be lord of
6?8 qtllTqrft{tt Adh.x.
g qt
uloredl.rrfiilRrnfr
qqqt Ert
wiraTEgr,arqTg
q *-t
qsfAdrrgrrn'gst
$trs(IsfqEiGisaqqrurtt l,o tl
Sloha t0. If in the qeret (Aohtakavarga)ofSaturn,
there be a sign thoroughly voiC of b:nefic dots, the
p e r s o nb o r n w i l l m e e t w i r h d : a t h o r s u s r a i n l o s s o f
wealth when the planet passesthrough the sign in
question; if the planetoccupyinga Kendrabe associated
with one,two, three or four benefic dots and if the
Kendrabe the planet's exaltrtion sign, any chitd deli.
vered from the womb at such a time will be short-lived.
Nores'
Parasaraadds
\
{qaliftqnfqrqKsli ffrttqt r
qrire*il 1 <ege{ ftfifiin rr
nFqqffq;qi;antr;}.nl +r{}t I
effrEsel?qiat uqrfqttgqrf*{ tt
s;arfa;Td.n qar-*{a flgfl( |
q;qrP..sdilqr;t
;qif\ nq nqrR*( tt
airihsqr-t { cgritr:qq$t r
qil';qfqgrr;ia.qr fquflFqtq qad: ll
ureqrqqt{cqrEgfiilfAqrfiil{ |
qroiqsiqr: tt
{l?ll{';i q af}qo-s
e{tg:f}ofg qrilqr( srq}oi g +en}a t
ft+ii+,rfiqsfr{ilqn
Rrq.qs tl
SI. El qr*srrrcr 6g1
ffi tFryrcqgqiemqeqi:sil |
wHaftE.il T+ni ut*u, tt
cpred q qr1qtfu rs qt r
dr ;ilfr w aq {rErqrfr qilqr, tt
r*t GF* *a.qerfl"de
qft tq r
qirtAasqrfin
sng\qq H{rq:tr
q-qudrnffim} Hfrqaq.r
qt *tat qt atut.rUgftqt( rr
REifi gerfi *lF fiqrqFn I
Efrntr{ilqqilR gq fiugfiqrf}qftfosq{F{11
errn Fqr;Hq{qcrrr+{q tt?dsgqr-stqr
il+ftd wfiq qrU"qrft yft ErqG{rqrqq rr
q-{HrinrrfiEer<tn*qiTr-Eqt u seq.I
srq'ddqlr(qrm*rtfll cqrfiry{fr rft: erq rr
vqgrfuSgGt
ftIrr {uril
wqrQ5:ttRgs$nnrift I
rt firfffilqqiln+
qnfffiqqnihd n lt tl
Slola 31. When Saturn with abundanrEtrength
occupiesthe lrt, bbava and is asgociatedwith 6 or 5
beneficdots,the perronborn will suctainlosaof wealth
accompanied by mucheufferingfrom his very birth. lf
tbe planetin depressionor in an inimical house be
arcociatedwith 5 or more beneficdots and if the Mcon
occupieaan auspiciousVarga, the perronn ill have loog
life.
86
082 rceqffi Adh.x.
qdrftilquatrrffr*
ql(gqftqqQnftilit a-gQt
Srirei'qqfire
w;rffr-
qrqTftqrt.g
fifii+96 qnrasn lR tl
Sloha \2. When Saturn occupying the 5th or the
lst bhava ie in an eclipsed stateor in the house of an
enemyor in depressionand is associatedwith 5 or 4
benefic dots, the persons born under the above y.rga
will be possessed of female slaves,camelsand property.
If Saturn in the same position be associatedwith I
benefic dots, the personsborn will be lords of townohips,
pooseseed of administrative machinery characteristicof
cities ; if the number of benefic dots be 7, the peraons
affectedby the yoga will possessabundant wealth.
n qRfRtEqqri: tl
snP{aqq* q{KiiT{rqrrimqar ETq Rcn t
q6rdi qourEftqsld
qqfqgusrs{qrl*qr( ff il tl
S/o[a 33. If you draw up a diagramconoistingof
9 parallel lines at equal intervals from East to West
croaeedby 13 parallel lines from North to Soutb with
the cameintermediate spaceas before,there will arice a
table containing 96 squaresin I rowE compricing tbe
results of each of the severalAshtakavargao.
qnfuilRdqrggrrr
dnudtqlqrusq{ft r
qFqrfEqs{qsqffirRrqpilt
fi}q efilqilffi(rr rgl tl
Sloka 34. The Lagna,theMoon, Mercury,Venur,
the Sun,Maro, Jupiter and Saturn are the lords of the
diviaionsindicatedin the 8 rows extendingfrom South
sr 84 qqlfrsrqrq: 688
c
! q
F
E P V6 3
8at- I I
urn
Jupi-
tr
_1,_
rll I
ttl
=J :l
6d+ qnrecrM Adh.x.
11ffiqa1 11
qrrr{ilRrtarq{Fqrmr*r Effinr;eqgqrr t
rrnqt{ilfi6+wrfrr vq'fftraerftftWwfl il iq tl
S/ofa 36. Draw five parallel otraight lines at
rqual intervals from East to Wert ; and acroErtfiese
linee draw five others with the sameintermediateEpace,
in ruch a manner that the four inner squares(out of the
16 resulting ones) should appearomitted. You have in
the diagram the 12 celestial signo that rule over the
EautandLotherlquartersand are the owners (jointly) of
the etarry zod6ac. .a
qq{rtcqqt${qffi qrqltr-
{qqeqdctr-ffir I
st 97-88 (ct*sqrqr 685
ft151gffieffiuilqflilr
ollnwr{Fr fr;({r qjitiln tgsn le tl
Sloha 17. In the Ashtakavargaof any one
of the
Sun and other plan-ets,
take the sig-nsby th. tri.nguiar
gloypr (l) Meeha,Simha,Dhanus(Z) Vriahabha,Kiya,
Makara(3) Mithuna, fula, Kumbha(4) Kataka,Vriscii,
ka,lvleenr; and examinerhebeneficjot, in the 3
eignr
composingany group. if in one sign of a group,
the numberof benefic dots be"nyreasthan that in .ior, ot
the remainingtwo, or equalto that in eachof
the other
two, or !s 4ero, the samewill have to be subtracted
from the numberof beneficdots in each of
the three
signr of the group chosen.
+\
rl
lrl
ll
a ,_|
n@ll
{.rfti s6[ri q ftfl $qG-
srq@{lF{Tlsl
ffi qiiqq u{wEIqI-
ifd-qrl
'r+qrltqeqRffintftitTs (gsll 11 ll
Sloka 39. Leave out the signs Simhaand Kataka'
Tbe figuresin the five pairs of the remaining eigno
belonging to tbe five 'planets reckoned from Mrro,
sl. 40-41 qqrdtsqtrr 68?
tt"t
numberof beneficdots, remove'the figure in the unoc,
cupiedRasi. If both the Rasisbe unoccupiedand have
an unequalnumberof benefic dots, the greaterfigure is
to be replaiedby the lesc.
frM vgRilfr ilftqrn.nFeeqerffcqni
ti ffid qRuicqqqfuqsq imrs6q1r 81
Sloka 42. When only one of the two Rasiewith
a commonlord ir occupiedby a planetand haga amaller
numberof banefic dotatban the unoccupied Raai, the
figure in the latter ie to be madeequal to the former.
The Trikona reductionis to be madefirst of all ; the
net figures are then to be subjected to the qerfuqq
(Ekadhipatya)reduction.
frqqftsTftwffi Mqrid'r* R qrn( r
wtRflfr gfrrcrsqfrqt ffiMtgrFiqEFiln Bl tl
Sloka 43. The net figures after the two reductiooc
in the several signs are to be multiplied eachinto.in
ilRtqn (Rasimana), r.e. Rasi factor ; and the producB
made into a total is calledrn?rgvro(Rasigunaka)i.e. the
sum of the Raei,products. The net figuree aasociated
with the Sun and other planets in the eeveralsignr are
to be multiplied each into its appropriate planetary
factor or ftcr;T (Grahamana). The total of there pro,
ducts is calledrrEgsr(Grahagunaka),i e. total of Graha
products.
I torltrM-
tomr*wr{rwn{ft
thrffitrft{ ai\gq*dnfiqr?t ilqr( |
nfrr qqMf trtrqftUgftdttu-
q{ "tqilni\nqgqfu(r$qrftRtsn uBtl
S1.44-f6 Ft'qnr 680
@vvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvw%
ffiwr
ffisqrl
qfr rffi-
r(ercqr&{qql
Trs iliwrdqrsg*ir(g ll 8\ rl
Slokas44 & 45. Ascercainthe tum,total of .tlre
Raeiproducts obtainedby multiplying the figures in
the eeveralrigns from Mesha onwardsby their appro,
prlateRasi,multipliers.'fhese for the 12 signs ftom
Meehaonwards ate 7, 10,8, 4, 10,5, T, 8, 9, 5, 11 and
l2r Ascertainalsothe eum.totalof the Grahaprodgctr
obtainedby nultiplying the figures in the signsoccu,
pied by the severalplanetsinto their appropriateGraha
multipliero. Theee for the 7 Grahao fro.m the Sun
onwardsare6,6, 8, 5, 10,T and 5. Add the aggregete
of Rnai prductt to the aggregateof Graha prodo"tr.
Divide thc grand total by .30. If tbe quotient ohould
exceed12 years,divide it by 1? and what is left exhibig
tbc Ayur or perlod oil life giveo by the planet.
Nores.
cf. cflfi
i swr"qtrftrqfiqq'ilt r
aJ*,qrqf
{gssffflqrrilqur+?qgfuH
q{ufrrilqgftf$gnft*r
"Yt*
q&rlq] il Uftfl: to.rfiTrTfi*
nt: rt
fu: dqrqgflratilRtrTFiltl *qrt I
t'trlrg*il'uraiqrraggfiFqt:
mnfrqw:r
gqq npq{iqrqi qAgildq}(sr{;{t ,
fiTqf
fiftr"qrs{-{fr
E nRrq*u r+qdI
87
690 qftrsclftfrr Adh. x.
Ffrfr*qgfrq eiFEr
u ualgil' rr
rp6.ffiqdqrur:fi.fl Rateqiil, t
-t-
l6
I
I
Ii
Sun'sA. V. S""t e-t/.
a
Af ter
L After Rasi- 8
Eliadhipatya Gunaliara I
( s l . 4 4 - 4 s ,I)-
reduction
Slokas39-42 Rasi Gunaka
:162.
,6I '*i
30
0
.l
I
S i m i l a r l y t h e G r a h a G u n a k aw i l l b e 9 0 , [ c o r n p o s eodf l 0 + l 4
for Mercury and Venusin Mithuna, l0 forthe Sun in Kataka.
20 for Jupiter in Tula, l6 for Nlars in Vrischika, l0 for Saturn
in Kumbha and l0 for the Moon in Meerra.l
The sum of Rasi Gunaka and Graha Gunaka is 162*90 or 252.
The Ayus contributed by the Sun is ,"t# or 8l years. Simi-
larly for the other planets.
tsut both sor+( (Balabha,dra)and q;Qq1 (Manthreswara)pres-
cribe a methoddifierent from this for calculating the ftafr++.rigeiu
(Bhi nnashtakavargayurdaya).
S gFr.qrni;q nsf\dq*qgq:r
ggfiafietrEFgqqluq?
qqf;-cs lt
: srrr( |
dTqilfrq+g;qqrmqfi-fl
ssfinfuql&co-eo
ffipgq: 11
Multiply the sum total of the two products (r22,, those for
Rasi and Graha) by 7 and divirle the prociuctby 27. The quotient
will be in years,monrhs, etc. When the number of years thus
obtainedexceeds27, subtract from it 27 or multiples of 27. The
r e s u l t w r 1 1b e t h e A y u s g i v e n b v t h e p l a n e t w h e n n o t l i a b l e t o t h e
reductionsto be mentionedat the foct-note to the next sloka.
sI.46 qrfclstumr 69r
qrd{ t
v* rns irgtt dEt4*ri rmarrftrrrirar
qelsffrri trgqrilqrgffiar
ir+ Agrfifii qr( tl 8q ll
Slttkn 46. If a planet be in its enltation, double
the number o{ yearsobtained for it by the Ashtakavarga
process. If it b: depressedor eclipsed, the number of
years in its caseis to be halved. Obtain by proportion
the Ayus when the planet occupies an intermediate
position In the case of Mars when retrograde, the
Ayus obtained is to be doubled.
Nores.
Corr,parewhat q;}q( & qd.t4 say on the subject :
ur.q)"qrq6ruiqeg* g {R+;1|
'it?sdq<il5"q{quig nr}a rr
qd*firrrrilr erlrfu nrrrt
qqotrq{ilqq}Gt: qrdflr{qqrqfE
ll
qgci qrfr qrt +rtt(effi{q I
qaRrd H{qr{ 5.qr qfl*i f{qfanq,tt
rndsoerigqtg,iq-ffi q n{tq: I
ta
g$Tffig{qffitf*ffi* |
qrqrftfl$ffieqfrqreqrgru u\etl
Slofu 47. In the caseof planetrthat haveattrined
their qu&+lqr,qte (Moolatrikonr, Swakahetra)or a
friendlyhouseor occupy such benefic vargasas their
exaltation,
andarein conjunctionwith benefteplaneto
or arc aspectedby them,the Ayus ir to be calculatedin
the mannerprescribedabove. When E pleoeris in the
vargaof a maleficor inimical planet the Ayuo arrived
at mustundergoreduction.
tftqqiqiq(vdqqri qurgi rtrffil qnqnr{ |
qfuowqrq
+f\ErEfrwr(
utfrirdqws
riscrr
Sloha 48" The oumberof yearcrepreeeoting the
maximumperiod of life in the caseof men obtained
ir
by putting togetherthe figurer denotingthe yearegiven
by thd Sun and other plineta. Theaetatt.r, ,o.-"
,.y
upoothe authority of greatteachers(like rcrn-pararara)
ghouldbe supplementedby the number
of yearsfor the
Lagna (deducedlrom the Lagnaashtakavaiga) in order
to get the Ayua conformablywith the conditionrof
any horoscopothat may be underexamination.
Norrs.
Tbe fcllowing slokas from rRlir1 (parasara) give tho deteils
of the orfcfi+tl (Lagnastrtakavarga).
sTqFqri 5qaqlnre faflsf,qI
sl.4t| qcr*$il: 000
Enng*g{tnr drqttrrrnfr*r:tt
trst sl*qgeilqt:qirtnpsar, r
oqr*qry(gd s{ gifrfirr nfrrr
{< g*mw$ {* il'c.1'4a,nr
qt wfHilfr fr art g*mm tl
dq-* on R,hffi ssq ftRoq.r
il o*tretlE|ifiq tl
T , AG N A R E K H A C H AKRAM.
4
5
6
7
8
9
l0
1l
8th, l0th and llth)houses from Mercury; the lst, ?nd, +th, 5th'
6th, 7th, 9th, l0th'and I lth housesfro:n Jupiter; the lst, 2nd, 3rd,
4th,5th,8thand 9thplaces flom Venus; the lst, 3rd' 4th,6th,
, e 3rd, 6th' lOth
l O t h a n d l l t h p l a c c sf r o m S a t u r n : a n d 1 a s t 1 5t' h
and I lth places from itself.
ffiqAqttqrsEllq{r
qrgt{ ir{ran} Sqqrqgisqil ll 8q ll
5loh.t 49. Wben the Moon occupies any bhava
other than a Kendra and is in conjunctionwith another
planet, it is the Ashtakavargayurdayathat should be
calculated. The same Ayurdaya is appropriate when
the 10th bhava is occupied by benefic and malefic
planets..
eqrRffieqfirqrm I eqitqqrifr{rfugtcurl
t
hilrfltqqilg(6El rt{tk q{ awrftqt{ ll \o ll
Stoka 50. The figures indicating beneficdots that
appearin the rigns occupiedby the Sun and other planeta
in any fqqre*qrt(Bhinnashtakavarga) whe n put together
representthe number of yearsof Ayurdaya arising from
tbat Bhinnaehtakavarga subject to the reductions men'
tioned already.
Norrs.
The total of the net Ayurdayas in the 7 Bhinnashtakavargas
i s t h e l e n g t h o f l i f " , a c c o r d i n gt o t h e v i e v e x p o u n d e di n t h i s s l o k a .
llll
((csrfsr{rEfi;ggfui sd
uJEqr*iirs
fioffiqasnf\qftqdadrffitfr t
ililGqifr qAlnq* ffqi gttf d e'i
ftoli {qd}( ftW{awtgq qr ll \t ll
drile{n
sl.61-5tl qrrriswtrr 606
.l
:.!)
4 a 37
4 3l
llithuirr 2 'I
4 5 zit
l(uhLa 2 I 3 .:) z.l
;';;.; r) () 3 5 37
Kruye 2 I J 4 t') 3C
Tula (a ) ,| 'tb
t) i,
;;,";,,;; 2 ,l 6 4 () 29
..'
D
Dhanus
5 I il I 22
;;;""" o ')
I r) .1 I 2 2+
r
a 9m bhe
1 I 4 3 2 27
lf,eena 3lz
'6 49
o t
6 ;n
.:137
qrqefit{ftsil;q$or',3 ftq-
qrfraEa(Rmfrq qrr{qn?|
fr{rffirfrr gt*fr-{q{i{nq
q er${rtn \l n
ilgr+dAsuqrfr
S/trft,r 53. In the trsiu+sf lSarvashtakavarga),the
8b
@B qrisrfuft Adh. x.
o la IFI
lp lSarvasbta-
lq) ka Varsa
a t> tu) I
Mesba ,l 7 + 7 'l'i 37 6
Vrishabhe 7||,3 ( 3 -i -l 3r 3
IlIithuna zl2 6 T
I
'l 'l 2+ +
Kat'aka 2l 3 3 7 sl2l ?3 +
Simhe 7l6 ti 3 +i J 37 5
Kanya Jl o 5 5 30 +
Tula 3t3 + 5 6 25 3
Vrischika sl I 5 6 3 29 5
Dhanus +t 6 + 3 I I c2 3
Nlakara 2l s ? .{ .1
T /+ 5
Kumbha 5t2 + +
Meeoa
l'l si -t
q
I
T
I
3
Total
FFi r+l 56
I
+9
cl. su{t{t{r
t q. il{tqt {IttT(T:t
ft{rr{qmsor
qsfi{E?qtqui q,i dglrqq:so{ ll
sI.64-66 qtrfr$Tqr 699
Also qmfltt
ftrfr+ tsftilerra{frmafhilrrrd } a{n:
|sr quqlq .fi$: 6q1 {i rar geili }silft: r
ffqtfutrfliqrgilng q q{nAg +rig merl
srQ sqErr'.figqfAqd)rs+sat{rqitt
Rrqrqtaq;qrt{rflq irtn-brqrfrfigidi t t
{r${qFilllqt tl
GnRIqIg+ftRI!
uil qrEfu;Sdqm{trTl
.Sl.rbrr61. When the lord of the l2th bhava occu'
piesthe lst represented by a Rasi baiungingto S'rturn'
and when the lords of the Lagna and the 8th bhav;rare
weak,th: pcrsonborn will livc as many yearsas there
are beneficdots in CheLagna in the edemrl(Srrvashtaka
Varga).
qfdrqtt,oqtqrar&o*rdttertr\errtfrrt
fiqriircqrR;fi1ffiqt( qrartrqmiln dm QR
Sloku (,L. When the lord of the 4th bhavr is in
the Lagnr and the lord thereof is in the 4ch,and wh:n
the numberof b:nefic dots in eachof the Rrsis occupieC
by theseplanetsts :)3,the persons born will'brome
lords of men and centresof kingly glory.
qqsk q ffifftrwn
qA rt {I({t Eriwfiras tl qu ll
Sloha 64. If the number of benefic dots ir the 4th
and in the 9th Rasi from the Lrgna lie betweerr25 and
30, the person born will be rich as Kubera at the end
of 28 yearoor in gome year subsequentthereto.
t,
acceEsionto his wealth, etc.
oqrflt{;q;(rrdgt$r dWq.anr6oaqqit
(aqG qlt qR {luri n ffiqtqr ii$or .RFrTtll
SJ.;Aa68. Find the aggregateo{ benefic dots frtrm
the Laqna to Saturn (both ioclusive; Multiply it by 7
and divide thc product by 27. Whcn, in the asterism
indicatcdby the remainder(reckonedfrom Aswini) or
its Trikona, the Sun and other malignant planets pass,
the personconcernedwill suffer from dieeasesand other
ills on a large scale.
qqfto{Fffiei q Gg{r;(r{Klgqrlq $Enr;q I
gt{qdqqrTrcdrc*rqi
gq{t M {$il ttqq ll
Sloka 69. Deal in the above way with the aggre,
gate of benefic dots countecifrom Saturn to Lagna,and
with those lrom Mars to Lagna,as w,ll as from L gna
to Mars, severally. Find the aggregareof beneficdots
in the Rasis occupied by benefic planetsand the star
indicated thereby. When a benefic planet passes
through thie asteri$m, good things, they say, may be
expected.
Nores.
ef. s-d-4fr{r
q<r;ntdias sorfi i I
offrFrnzfr
saf{dq}.qa{IFHH fA{riTlFs-{||
d.flrTrnrriai g:ti qr ilrtrri$qrqI
qi rirf4ear=ddqrrd"oi so{.rr
Also erctt?t
oilfl tq g'lferalalqnGrrdiT,T g{iqr
g* ilfut gerHnnafis-gflr6q+
iiqdir' r
sr ?0 q**srrtrr ?05
r;ErqrufitqftftggrarruTfuti Rnt-
frRqgqdi4lR*+Fqiltitl
Er+qeifrs.qr
The following additional information based on the tr{iE6q{
(Sarvashtakavarga) figures are extracted from qa*tttr.
g,ilqt-
oilrr6qTerrq.firrTqdqffiFqrq{}&
q-dqlrr QQrqT{$s{rgeq qqKEiII I
{itni flftrqqrWrhr
asqzidrq
ari$egqor6i o.!rqrR.i;qq I
nilf\ri ftqaq{t mmrgftr*r
ri{r rrii ftqqiiqtqig$rgqqqr rf el tl
Sloha71. Multiply the net figuresin the (qqH)
Sarvashtakavarga(after the reductions mentioned in
the previousslokahavebeen made)by the zodiacaland
planetaryfactorsand makean aggregate of the producte.
Multiply thia by 7 and divide the productby 27. The
quotientconsistingof years, montho, daye, etc., if in
excet!of the standardAyuo, i,e, L00yearE,ahouldbe
diminishedby 100yeara; if chort of 100 ic to be kept
unaltered. This will repreEentthe anlrrgt (Nakohatra
Ayus) which when multipliedby tLa anddividedby
365 will give the period of life correctly in oolaryearE.
sI.72-?3 qqisrqrq: 701
gt'rqruuqqrF(s{il1 qRoftqqsaqmqqr(
ll el ll
Sloka 72. The yearsiaking up the life whether
ehort,middleor long of a person (obtainedby the pro'
ceEBabove mentioned)will equarewith the period
otherwise obtained,by the diminution or addition as
the casemay be of a multipleof 27 accertrineduPon an
examinatioo of tbe aEpect,if any, upon the Lagna, by
beneficplanets.
qrffirrG$ocrrcJrqrtt
{RrrfqqgqrroR;gdor
tdfteK $ruelqu(Kr( ll sQ 11
ll tR qqfrswtt tt
Stoha7\. In the work 6f Jatakaparijata compiled
by Vaidyanathaand containing the essence of treatises
on planetaryeffects suchas Parasara"s, the chapteron
benlfic dots, appearingin the Aghtakavargasdeeignated
r<m (Prasthara),fm (Bhinna) and 3Erq (Samudaya)
has been treated bv the graceof the entire body of
Planets'
NorES.
The following from soq-( (Balabhadra) for ascertaining thc
month and the asterism of the death of a person will be found
uscful:-
\
lt sTq q{oTTTtf,FtrI11
tq rgut}dffuq*qq*fr i tr
?6 Adh K
elc{ttrarF}i qqrM r* t
ug ffi ffqrffqmftx*umqrftqt (
qqtqffirftqEqrqru$fr5 r
oFTqErrqE6 s{ffi3xfr1 x
qfu5mor: FqroTI r
fli' rgizfiorm'
qnfrErecrdq qlq+ffFs\ rgt n
metqrrfi qfut ilfu.qfr?ft d( |
affi qrftfiqqa* ftfrir tt
qsrrftqfrfi+ qd qtsIElftqr t
qrrelRflrqq n'qTtqrq qt{ tt
sqqfr,{iq;qflq{ I
eutt Afrqrt ffa q frqqdn r
wqeqhttq;qffii{tnrqfi qr tt
s$ q:vBftt fiqq q fifrf{in r
q-Tqffreilm} q-.rsfrqlRil u
arTfi-ffi qrRtqt Udqt R: I
End of the 10th Adhyaya.
-"1t&--L*'-